{"title":"Gate Locks and Latches","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"mechanical-double-sided-code-lock-kit","title":"Mechanical Gate Code Lock Kit for 40mm Box Section, Keypad Both Sides, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a mechanical code lock kit for gates made from 40mm box section: a slim black keypad on both sides of the gate, so a code is needed to get in and to get out, and a 40mm insert lock with handles and a cylinder, all in one kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Enter the code on either side and press the handle to open; different entrance and exit codes can be used. It needs no batteries, wiring or power, the codes are quick to set and change, and the aluminium housing with textured black paint is built to stand up to vandalism. The price shown is for one complete kit; the keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode on both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A keypad on each face means nobody gets in or out without a code, which suits bin and cycle stores, plant rooms, pool and play enclosures and sites where people must not let themselves out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo power needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully mechanical, so there are no batteries to change or cables to run, and it keeps working in a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible codes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Codes are quick to set and change, and different entrance and exit codes can be used where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e A strong aluminium housing and an integrated security press plate protect the keypad, and the press plate also helps stop the code being read from worn buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates in 40mm box section at blocks of flats, schools, nurseries, offices, sports grounds, play areas and private estates, wherever both entry and exit should be controlled by code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo keypad units, lever handles, 40mm insert lock, euro cylinder with keys and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides, mechanical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to set and change; separate entrance and exit codes possible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated press plate against code detection, vandal resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, textured black paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375mm x 39mm x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface keep for code lock kits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eSurface mounted keep for insert locks with code lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther code locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCode to enter, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-code-lock-kit\"\u003eMechanical code lock kit, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic keypad, battery powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-battery-powered-code-lock\"\u003eBattery code lock for 40mm, both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this double-sided kit where a code is needed in both directions. Where people must be able to leave freely, choose the single-sided kit with free exit. For lit keypads and per-user codes, choose a battery powered code lock. Order the surface keep for code lock kits for the post, and a safety cable for swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the opening for the insert lock in the 40mm gate stile and drill for the spindle and cylinder using the template. Fit the lock and a keypad on each side, then the handles and cylinder, and fit the keep on the post so the lock engages fully. Set the codes with the gate open and test both sides before closing. Wipe the keypad with a damp cloth; do not oil the buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need batteries?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is fully mechanical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a code needed to get out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There is a keypad on both sides; for free exit, choose the single-sided kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Order the surface keep for code lock kits from the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the kit suits your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007331864963,"sku":"SSHF-322691-01","price":923.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/mechanical-code-lock-kit-40mm-both-sides-bin-store-gate.jpg?v=1794105576"},{"product_id":"premium-mechanical-code-lock-kit","title":"Mechanical Gate Code Lock Kit for 40mm Box Section, Keypad One Side, Free Exit, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a mechanical code lock kit for gates made from 40mm box section: a slim black keypad on the outside, a plain cover plate and lever handle on the inside for free exit, and a 40mm insert lock with handles and a cylinder, all in one kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Visitors enter the code and press the handle to open; anyone inside simply uses the handle to leave. It needs no batteries, wiring or power, the codes are quick to set and change, and the aluminium housing with textured black paint is built to stand up to vandalism. The price shown is for one complete kit; the keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree exit, coded entry.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keypad is on one side only, so a code is needed to get in but people inside can always leave, which suits flats, schools, offices and play areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo power needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully mechanical, so there are no batteries to change or cables to run, and it keeps working in a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible codes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Codes are quick to set and change, and different entrance and exit codes can be used where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e A strong aluminium housing and an integrated security press plate protect the keypad, and the press plate also helps stop the code being read from worn buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates in 40mm box section at blocks of flats, schools, nurseries, offices, sports grounds, play areas and private estates, wherever entry should be by code with free exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeypad unit, inside cover plate, lever handles, 40mm insert lock, euro cylinder with keys and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne side, mechanical, with cover plate inside for free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to set and change; separate entrance and exit codes possible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated press plate against code detection, vandal resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, textured black paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375mm x 39mm x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface keep for code lock kits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eSurface mounted keep for insert locks with code lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther code locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCode needed on both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-double-sided-code-lock-kit\"\u003eMechanical code lock kit, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic keypad, battery powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-40mm-profile\"\u003eBattery code lock for 40mm, one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this single-sided kit where people need a code to get in but must be able to leave freely. Where a code is needed in both directions, choose the double-sided kit. For lit keypads and per-user codes, choose a battery powered code lock. Order the surface keep for code lock kits for the post, and a safety cable for swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the opening for the insert lock in the 40mm gate stile and drill for the spindle and cylinder using the template. Fit the lock, the keypad outside and the cover plate inside, then the handles and cylinder, and fit the keep on the post so the lock engages fully. Set the code with the gate open and test it before closing. Wipe the keypad with a damp cloth; do not oil the buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need batteries?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is fully mechanical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan people get out without the code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inside has a cover plate and lever handle for free exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Order the surface keep for code lock kits from the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the kit suits your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58007318921603,"sku":"SSHF-404035-01","price":743.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/mechanical-code-lock-kit-40mm-one-side-flats-gate.jpg?v=1794104747"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-aluminium-push-bar","title":"Emergency Exit Push Bar for Insert Gate Locks, Black Aluminium, 1400mm, Quick-Fix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a black aluminium push bar for gates fitted with an insert lock: it replaces the inside handle so the gate opens with a simple push anywhere along the bar, which makes it ideal for emergency and fire exit gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar is black powder-coated aluminium on satin aluminium arms with a stainless steel mechanism, it fixes to the gate with a Quick-Fix system and works on left and right-hand gates. The standard bar is 1400mm long and can be cut down to suit the gate. The price shown is for one push bar kit with its blinded 8mm follower and fixings; the insert lock is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a push bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast, instinctive exit.\u003c\/strong\u003e In an emergency people push. A full-width bar opens the gate wherever it is pressed, with a hip, a hand or a crowd behind, so no one has to find and turn a handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with your insert lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bar drives the lock's day bolt through the 8mm follower, so the gate still latches and locks as normal; from outside it stays secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Quick-Fix mounting fixes the bar to the gate without welding, and the bar can be shortened to the width of the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated aluminium and a stainless steel mechanism stand up to weather and hard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmergency and fire exit gates at schools, sports grounds, stadiums, car parks, offices, hospitals and industrial sites, and any pedestrian gate where a quick, easy way out matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush bar with two arms and brackets, cover plates, blinded 8mm follower, spindle and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBar length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400mm as standard, can be shortened\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm insert locks and hybrid insert locks for metal and timber gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFollower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm, blinded on the outside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right-hand gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-Fix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coated aluminium bar, satin aluminium arms, stainless steel mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published for this line; about 3.7 kg packed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe insert lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks and kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003e60mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm insert lock kit, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm insert lock kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sixtylock-insert-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush plate for surface locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-push-set\"\u003eAluminium push plate set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this push bar for an exit gate fitted with a 60mm insert lock or a hybrid insert lock. It does not suit 40mm or 50mm insert locks or surface-mounted locks; for a surface lock, the aluminium push plate set gives a similar push-to-open action. A half handle set with an 8mm follower can be fitted on the outside if the gate must also open from that side. If you are not sure it suits your gate, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the insert lock first. Cut the bar to the width of the gate if needed, fix the hinge bracket at the lock and the second bracket across the gate with the Quick-Fix fixings, then fit the blinded follower and cover plates. Push the bar to check it draws the day bolt fully and springs back. Wipe the bar clean now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Order a 60mm or hybrid insert lock separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the bar be shortened?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The standard 1400mm bar can be cut to suit narrower gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the gate be opened from outside?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if you add a half handle set with an 8mm follower or use the key; the push bar side is for exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995135254915,"sku":"SSHF-145539-01","price":406.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-push-bar-insert-lock-school-exit-gate.jpg?v=1794110608"},{"product_id":"premium-surface-mounted-lock-top-cover","title":"Stainless Steel Bolt Tip Set for Surface Gate Locks, 10-30mm Gates, Day Bolt and Deadbolt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a set of short stainless steel bolt tips for surface-mounted gate locks on flat bar and slim box section gates from 10mm to 30mm: a bevelled tip for the day bolt and a round tip for the deadbolt, with the screws to fix them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tips sit on the ends of the lock's bolts where they reach across to the keep, giving the lock a neat, rust-free finish and setting the bolt length to suit the gate profile. The day-bolt tip can be adjusted continuously left or right. The set is sometimes called a top cover. The price shown is for one set of two tips with screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRight length for the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt tips come in three lengths to suit the width of the gate profile, so the bolts reach the keep fully without sticking out too far.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRust-free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both tips are stainless steel, so they do not rust or stain on exposed gates and coastal sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth latching.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bevelled day-bolt tip rides over the keep as the gate closes and snaps in, so the gate latches every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy replacement.\u003c\/strong\u003e If a tip is damaged or a lock is moved to a gate of a different size, the tips can be changed without replacing the whole lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn surface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks fitted to flat bar and slim box section gates from 10mm to 30mm, at homes, schools, parks, offices and industrial sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bevelled day-bolt tip, one round deadbolt tip and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-30mm, flat and square profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks in our range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDay bolt continuously adjustable left or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.03 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this set suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial gate lock for flat bar 10-30mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock for flat bar 10-30mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental gate lock for flat bar 10-30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock\"\u003eOrnamental gate lock for flat bar 10-30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates 30-50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-top-cover-surface-mounted-locks\"\u003eBolt tip set 30-50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates 40-60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-lock-top-cover-1\"\u003eBolt tip set 40-60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gate stile the lock is fitted to: this set is for 10-30mm profiles. For narrower or wider gates, choose the matching set from the table above. The tips suit our surface-mounted industrial and ornamental locks; insert locks fitted inside the stile do not use them. If you are not sure which set you need, send us a photo of the lock and gate and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the gate, undo the screws holding the old tips and fit the new day-bolt and deadbolt tips with the screws supplied. Set the day-bolt tip so it meets the keep squarely, then close the gate to check it latches and the deadbolt throws fully. Wipe the tips clean now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bevelled day-bolt tip, one round deadbolt tip and the screws to fit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit insert locks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are made for surface-mounted gate locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the set to the width of the gate profile: 10-30mm, 30-50mm or 40-60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For trade quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995087839619,"sku":"SSHF-178307-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-bolt-tips-10-30mm-fitted.jpg?v=1794110202"},{"product_id":"premium-top-cover-surface-mounted-locks","title":"Stainless Steel Bolt Tip Set for Surface Gate Locks, 30-50mm Gates, Day Bolt and Deadbolt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a set of medium length stainless steel bolt tips for surface-mounted gate locks on box section gates from 30mm to 50mm: a bevelled tip for the day bolt and a round tip for the deadbolt, with the screws to fix them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tips sit on the ends of the lock's bolts where they reach across to the keep, giving the lock a neat, rust-free finish and setting the bolt length to suit the gate profile. The day-bolt tip can be adjusted continuously left or right. The set is sometimes called a top cover. The price shown is for one set of two tips with screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRight length for the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt tips come in three lengths to suit the width of the gate profile, so the bolts reach the keep fully without sticking out too far.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRust-free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both tips are stainless steel, so they do not rust or stain on exposed gates and coastal sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth latching.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bevelled day-bolt tip rides over the keep as the gate closes and snaps in, so the gate latches every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy replacement.\u003c\/strong\u003e If a tip is damaged or a lock is moved to a gate of a different size, the tips can be changed without replacing the whole lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn surface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks fitted to box section gates from 30mm to 50mm, at homes, schools, parks, offices and industrial sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bevelled day-bolt tip, one round deadbolt tip and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-50mm, flat and square profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks in our range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDay bolt continuously adjustable left or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.07 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this set suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall ornamental gate lock 30-40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-1\"\u003eSmall ornamental gate lock 30-40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates 10-30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-lock-top-cover\"\u003eBolt tip set 10-30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates 40-60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-lock-top-cover-1\"\u003eBolt tip set 40-60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gate stile the lock is fitted to: this set is for 30-50mm profiles. For narrower or wider gates, choose the matching set from the table above. The tips suit our surface-mounted industrial and ornamental locks; insert locks fitted inside the stile do not use them. If you are not sure which set you need, send us a photo of the lock and gate and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the gate, undo the screws holding the old tips and fit the new day-bolt and deadbolt tips with the screws supplied. Set the day-bolt tip so it meets the keep squarely, then close the gate to check it latches and the deadbolt throws fully. Wipe the tips clean now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bevelled day-bolt tip, one round deadbolt tip and the screws to fit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit insert locks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are made for surface-mounted gate locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the set to the width of the gate profile: 10-30mm, 30-50mm or 40-60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For trade quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995060281731,"sku":"SSHF-276611-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-bolt-tips-30-50mm-fitted.jpg?v=1794110319"},{"product_id":"premium-surface-mounted-lock-top-cover-1","title":"Stainless Steel Bolt Tip Set for Surface Gate Locks, 40-60mm Gates, Day Bolt and Deadbolt","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a set of long stainless steel bolt tips for surface-mounted gate locks on box section gates from 40mm to 60mm: a bevelled tip for the day bolt and a round tip for the deadbolt, with the screws to fix them.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tips sit on the ends of the lock's bolts where they reach across to the keep, giving the lock a neat, rust-free finish and setting the bolt length to suit the gate profile. The day-bolt tip can be adjusted continuously left or right. The set is sometimes called a top cover. The price shown is for one set of two tips with screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRight length for the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bolt tips come in three lengths to suit the width of the gate profile, so the bolts reach the keep fully without sticking out too far.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRust-free.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both tips are stainless steel, so they do not rust or stain on exposed gates and coastal sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth latching.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bevelled day-bolt tip rides over the keep as the gate closes and snaps in, so the gate latches every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy replacement.\u003c\/strong\u003e If a tip is damaged or a lock is moved to a gate of a different size, the tips can be changed without replacing the whole lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn surface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks fitted to box section gates from 40mm to 60mm, at homes, schools, parks, offices and industrial sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne bevelled day-bolt tip, one round deadbolt tip and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-60mm, flat and square profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks in our range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDay bolt continuously adjustable left or right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this set suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge ornamental gate lock 40-60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-for-box-section\"\u003eLarge ornamental gate lock 40-60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates 10-30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-lock-top-cover\"\u003eBolt tip set 10-30mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates 30-50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-top-cover-surface-mounted-locks\"\u003eBolt tip set 30-50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the gate stile the lock is fitted to: this set is for 40-60mm profiles. For narrower or wider gates, choose the matching set from the table above. The tips suit our surface-mounted industrial and ornamental locks; insert locks fitted inside the stile do not use them. If you are not sure which set you need, send us a photo of the lock and gate and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the gate, undo the screws holding the old tips and fit the new day-bolt and deadbolt tips with the screws supplied. Set the day-bolt tip so it meets the keep squarely, then close the gate to check it latches and the deadbolt throws fully. Wipe the tips clean now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bevelled day-bolt tip, one round deadbolt tip and the screws to fit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they fit insert locks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are made for surface-mounted gate locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the set to the width of the gate profile: 10-30mm, 30-50mm or 40-60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For trade quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57995018404227,"sku":"SSHF-342147-01","price":38.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-bolt-tips-40-60mm-fitted.jpg?v=1794110349"},{"product_id":"premium-wall-fixation-set","title":"Stainless Steel Wall Fixation Set for Gate Keeps, Expanding Anchors for Brick and Concrete","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a stainless steel wall fixation set for fixing a gate keep straight onto a brick, block or concrete wall, for gates that close against a wall or pier instead of a metal post.\u003c\/strong\u003e It contains two expanding sleeve anchors with machine screws: the sleeves grip inside the drilled masonry as the screws are tightened, so the keep stays firm and lined up with the lock even when the gate is slammed. It suits our standard, security and electric keeps for surface-mounted gate locks. The price shown is for one set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for masonry.\u003c\/strong\u003e Gate keeps are designed to clamp to a metal post. Where the gate closes against a wall, this set gives the keep a solid fixing into the brickwork instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong expanding grip.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sleeves open out inside the hole as the screws tighten, so the keep cannot work loose with the knocks a gate gives it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel anchors and screws do not rust or stain the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the lock lined up.\u003c\/strong\u003e A firm fixing holds the keep exactly where the bolts meet it, so the gate latches and locks every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden and side gates at houses, pedestrian gates between brick piers, bin store and courtyard gates at flats and offices, and any gate that closes against a wall rather than a post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo expanding sleeve anchors with stainless machine screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits walls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrick, block and concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits keeps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOur standard industrial keeps, security keeps and electric keeps for surface-mounted locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeeps this set suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial keep, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eIndustrial keep, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial keep, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eIndustrial keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eSecurity keep, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks\"\u003eSecurity keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep, fail open\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep\"\u003eElectric keep, fail open\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd this set when the keep for a surface-mounted gate lock has to be fixed to a wall or pier. Where the gate closes against a metal post, the keep's own Quick-Fix fixings are all you need. If you are not sure the set suits your keep and wall, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHold the keep against the wall where the lock's bolts meet it and mark the fixing holes. Drill the masonry to the size of the sleeves, push the anchors in, offer up the keep and tighten the screws until the sleeves grip. Close the gate to check the bolts engage fully. Avoid drilling too close to the edge of a brick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the fixing set only; order the keep separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fix into brick?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It suits brick, block and concrete walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, one set with two anchors and screws, enough for one keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994984423811,"sku":"SSHF-440451-01","price":22.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-keep-wall-fixation-set-brick-pier.jpg?v=1794110830"},{"product_id":"premium-industrial-gate-lock","title":"Industrial Gate Lock for 60-80mm Box Section, Black with Aluminium Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a heavy-duty surface-mounted gate lock for swing gates made from 60mm to 80mm square box section, in black with black aluminium U-shaped lever handles: a self-latching day bolt that catches every time the gate closes, and a solid stainless steel deadbolt thrown 23mm by one turn of the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e It bolts to the face of the gate stile, so the gate does not need to be cut, and the E-coated lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours, so it stands up to exposed industrial, school and public sites. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches and locks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt latches as the gate closes and can also be key-locked, while one turn of the key throws the stainless deadbolt 23mm into the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bolts adjust continuously by up to 20mm without taking the lock box off, so the lock can be set to reach the keep exactly as the gate settles. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws mounts it on the face of the stile, with no cutting into the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock box is E-coated to ISO 9227 and tested to 1000 hours of salt spray, with a stainless steel mechanism inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and personnel gates in 60mm to 80mm square box section at industrial estates, schools, parks, sports grounds, offices, blocks of flats and homes, wherever a keyed lock with a latch is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne lock with black aluminium U-shaped lever handles, euro cylinder with keys and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm to 80mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted, 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeadbolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 23mm throw in one turn of the key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 20mm, without removing the lock box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE-coated to ISO 9227, 1000 hours salt spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, RAL 9005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.54 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel swing gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep for keypad or intercom release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep\"\u003efail open\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther profiles and finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, flat bar 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 30-50mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60-80mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-lock-for-box-sections\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 60-80mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the gate stile: this one is for 60mm to 80mm square box section. Versions are available for flat bar from 10mm to 30mm, and for box section from 30mm to 50mm and 60mm to 80mm, in black with ornate or aluminium handles, or silver. Order a keep for the post: the standard keep for most gates, the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced, or an electric keep for remote release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the face of the gate stile through the four holes with the screws supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, and fit the keep on the post so both bolts engage fully. Set the bolts with the 20mm adjustment, and fit a safety cable if the gate swings. Keep the bolts clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a standard, security or electric keep from the list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be swapped to the other hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit coastal sites?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours and the mechanism is stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994844635523,"sku":"SSHF-571523-01","price":179.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/industrial-gate-lock-60-80mm-black-industrial-gate.jpg?v=1794100217"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-keep-for-insert-lock","title":"Stainless Steel Keep for Insert Gate Locks, 40-60mm Square Posts, Anti-Crowbar, Quick-Fix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a stainless steel surface keep for insert gate locks, for square closing posts from 40mm to 60mm: the lock's hook and day bolt engage in the stainless strike plate, and a hook-in anchoring system stops the gate being levered away from the post with a crowbar.\u003c\/strong\u003e An extruded aluminium stop plate with a rubber strip takes the impact of the gate, it fixes with Quick-Fix bolts and changes over for left or right-hand gates. The keep is modular, so an electric strike can be added later for keypad or intercom release. The price shown is for one keep with its stop plate and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hook-in anchoring locks the lock's hook into the keep, so the gate cannot be prised open with a crowbar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-Fix mounting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep bolts onto the post with Quick-Fix fixings, with no welding and far less drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in gate stop.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip stops and cushions the gate, so the lock is not used as a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for electric release.\u003c\/strong\u003e The modular design accepts an electric strike if the gate is later fitted with a keypad or intercom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the closing post of pedestrian gates with insert locks at offices, schools, sports grounds, blocks of flats and industrial units, on square posts from 40mm to 60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stainless keep with polyamide body, aluminium stop plate with rubber strip, and Quick-Fix fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare, 40mm to 60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert locks for 40mm gates; a longer version suits 50mm, 60mm and 80mm insert locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnchoring\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook-in, resists crowbar attack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, easy to change over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-Fix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel strike plate, polyamide body, aluminium stop plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks and other keeps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003e60mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same style keep in black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-insert-lock-keep-40-60mm\"\u003eInsert lock keep 40-60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock keep for 40-50mm posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-keep-insert-lock\"\u003eKeep for 40-50mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimber posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-keep-for-wooden-posts\"\u003eKeep for timber posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this keep for an insert lock where the closing post is square box section from 40mm to 60mm and the gate may be tampered with. For timber posts choose the timber post keep, and for code lock kits choose the surface keep for code lock kits. Surface-mounted locks need an industrial or security keep instead. If you are not sure which keep suits your lock and post, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the insert lock in the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the hook and day bolt meet the post, and bolt the keep on with the Quick-Fix fixings so both bolts enter the strike plate cleanly. Fit the stop plate so the gate closes against the rubber strip, and check the hook throws fully. Keep the openings free of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the stop plate included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip comes with the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I add an electric release later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The keep is modular and accepts an electric strike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit surface-mounted locks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for insert locks fitted inside the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994762322307,"sku":"SSHF-701443-01","price":42.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-keep-40-60mm-stainless-office-gate.jpg?v=1794111185"},{"product_id":"premium-aluminum-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks","title":"Cover Shield Pair for Insert Gate Locks, Silver Aluminium, Handle and Cylinder Holes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pair of silver aluminium cover shields for insert gate locks, one for each face of the gate, that cover the handle and cylinder holes cut in the gate stile.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each shield is a long, slim plate with a square opening for the handle follower and a euro cylinder cut-out, so the lock works as normal while the rough edges of the cut-outs are hidden and the lock body is protected from rain and prying. The hole pattern is the standard one used by the insert locks in this range, so the shields line up without drilling new holes. The price shown is for one pair, enough for one gate, with fixings; the minimum order is 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit cover shields\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat finish over the lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fitting an insert lock means cutting a follower hole and a cylinder hole through both faces of the gate stile. The shields cover those cut-outs with a clean, straight plate, so the gate looks finished from both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e Covering the openings keeps rain and grit out of the lock body and makes it harder to get a tool into the lock around the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard hole pattern.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square follower opening and the cylinder cut-out are set out to the standard pattern of the insert locks below, so a pair can replace worn or damaged shields, or finish a gate where the lock was fitted without them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium in silver.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium does not rust, and the silver finish matches the handles and locks of the same colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsert-locked pedestrian and service gates at schools, play areas, sports grounds, parks, offices, depots and car parks, and on residential side gates, wherever the handle and cylinder holes in a box-section gate stile need a tidy, weatherproof cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair of cover shields (one for each side of the gate) with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpenings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare handle follower opening and euro cylinder cut-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pattern of the insert locks in this range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.09 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks and handles it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003eInsert lock, 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock, 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock, 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles that can be fixed on one or both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-blocking-handle-pair\"\u003eBlocking handle pair, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same shields in black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003eCover shield pair, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose these shields for insert locks fitted inside a box-section gate stile, where the handle follower and the cylinder pass right through the stile. They are not for surface-mounted locks, which have their own case. Check the hole pattern of your lock: these shields match the standard pattern of the insert locks listed above. Pick black or silver to match the gate, the handles and the lock, and order one pair per gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the lock fitted and the cylinder and follower in place, offer a shield up to each face of the stile so the square opening sits over the follower and the cut-out over the cylinder. Fix the shields with the fixings supplied, then fit the handles and check the handle turns freely and the key works. Clean with warm soapy water and avoid abrasive pads on the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one pair, one shield for each side of the gate, with fixings. The minimum order is 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my lock?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits insert locks with the standard hole pattern, including the 40mm, 50mm and 60mm insert locks listed above. It does not suit surface-mounted locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre handles included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Handles, the lock and the cylinder are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a batch of gates, or to check the shields suit your lock, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994656416131,"sku":"SSHF-503683-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-cover-shield-silver-sports-ground-gate.jpg?v=1794088388"},{"product_id":"premium-aluminium-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks","title":"Cover Shield Pair for Insert Gate Locks, Black Aluminium, Handle and Cylinder Holes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a pair of black aluminium cover shields for insert gate locks, one for each face of the gate, that cover the handle and cylinder holes cut in the gate stile.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each shield is a long, slim plate with a square opening for the handle follower and a euro cylinder cut-out, so the lock works as normal while the rough edges of the cut-outs are hidden and the lock body is protected from rain and prying. The hole pattern is the standard one used by the insert locks in this range, so the shields line up without drilling new holes. The price shown is for one pair, enough for one gate, with fixings; the minimum order is 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit cover shields\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA neat finish over the lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fitting an insert lock means cutting a follower hole and a cylinder hole through both faces of the gate stile. The shields cover those cut-outs with a clean, straight plate, so the gate looks finished from both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e Covering the openings keeps rain and grit out of the lock body and makes it harder to get a tool into the lock around the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard hole pattern.\u003c\/strong\u003e The square follower opening and the cylinder cut-out are set out to the standard pattern of the insert locks below, so a pair can replace worn or damaged shields, or finish a gate where the lock was fitted without them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium in black.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium does not rust, and the black finish matches the handles and locks of the same colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsert-locked pedestrian and service gates at schools, play areas, sports grounds, parks, offices, depots and car parks, and on residential side gates, wherever the handle and cylinder holes in a box-section gate stile need a tidy, weatherproof cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne pair of cover shields (one for each side of the gate) with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpenings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare handle follower opening and euro cylinder cut-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pattern of the insert locks in this range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, RAL 9005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.09 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks and handles it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003eInsert lock, 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock, 50mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock, 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles that can be fixed on one or both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/aluminium-blocking-handle-pair\"\u003eBlocking handle pair, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same shields in silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminum-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003eCover shield pair, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose these shields for insert locks fitted inside a box-section gate stile, where the handle follower and the cylinder pass right through the stile. They are not for surface-mounted locks, which have their own case. Check the hole pattern of your lock: these shields match the standard pattern of the insert locks listed above. Pick black or silver to match the gate, the handles and the lock, and order one pair per gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the lock fitted and the cylinder and follower in place, offer a shield up to each face of the stile so the square opening sits over the follower and the cut-out over the cylinder. Fix the shields with the fixings supplied, then fit the handles and check the handle turns freely and the key works. Clean with warm soapy water and avoid abrasive pads on the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for a pair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one pair, one shield for each side of the gate, with fixings. The minimum order is 5 pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my lock?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits insert locks with the standard hole pattern, including the 40mm, 50mm and 60mm insert locks listed above. It does not suit surface-mounted locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre handles included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Handles, the lock and the cylinder are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a batch of gates, or to check the shields suit your lock, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994633314691,"sku":"SSHF-667523-01","price":18.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-cover-shield-black-school-gate.jpg?v=1794088360"},{"product_id":"premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks","title":"Surface Keep for Insert Locks with Code Lock Kits, 488mm, Black, 40-60mm Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a long black surface keep for gates fitted with an insert lock and a mechanical or battery code lock kit: at 488mm tall it spans both the lock and the keypad housing, so the whole closing edge of the gate meets a matching keep on the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits square posts and gate profiles of 40mm, 50mm and 60mm, changes over for left or right-hand gates, and has an extruded aluminium stop plate with a rubber strip that cushions the gate. The price shown is for one keep with its stop plate and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for code lock kits.\u003c\/strong\u003e Code lock kits have a tall keypad body above the lock. This keep runs the full height so the gate closes neatly and the lock's bolts meet a stainless strike plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable.\u003c\/strong\u003e It adjusts for 40mm, 50mm and 60mm gate profiles, so one keep suits most pedestrian gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in gate stop.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip stops and cushions the gate as it closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatches the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The black finish suits black and dark grey gates and the black code lock kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the closing post of code-locked pedestrian gates at blocks of flats, schools, offices, sports grounds and play areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne long surface keep with stainless strike plate, aluminium stop plate with rubber strip, and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profiles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm, 50mm and 60mm, adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert locks with mechanical or battery code lock kits; best with 40mm insert locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, easy to change over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e488mm x 43mm x 25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.79 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCode lock kits and locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical code lock kit, keypad both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-double-sided-code-lock-kit\"\u003eMechanical code lock kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery code lock for 40mm profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-40mm-profile\"\u003eBattery code lock 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003e60mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this keep for a gate fitted with an insert lock and a code lock kit, where the keep must cover the full height of the keypad housing. For an insert lock without a code lock, the shorter insert lock keeps are neater. If you are not sure which keep suits your gate, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the insert lock and code lock kit in the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the bolts meet the post, and fix the keep upright so both bolts enter the strike plate cleanly. Fit the stop plate so the gate closes against the rubber strip, then check the lock latches and locks fully. Keep the openings free of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich code locks does it suit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur mechanical and battery code lock kits that work with an insert lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the stop plate included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip comes with the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It changes over easily for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994459480451,"sku":"SSHF-191811-01","price":78.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/code-lock-kit-keep-black-flats-gate.jpg?v=1794111216"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-keep-insert-lock","title":"Stainless Steel Keep for Insert Gate Locks, 40-50mm Posts, Quick-Fix with Stop Plate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a stainless steel keep for insert gate locks, made for closing posts in 40mm to 50mm box section: the lock's hook and day bolt engage in the stainless strike plate as the gate shuts, and an aluminium stop plate with a rubber strip takes the impact of the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e It fixes with a Quick-Fix system and an integrated click-in fitting, changes over for left or right-hand gates, and pairs with the insert locks in our range for 40mm, 50mm and 60mm gates. The price shown is for one keep with its stop plate and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for insert locks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strike plate is shaped for the hook bolt and day bolt of an insert lock, so the hook grips the keep and the gate cannot be levered away from the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Quick-Fix system and click-in fitting hold the keep on the post without tapping threads, so it goes on in minutes and sits square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in gate stop.\u003c\/strong\u003e The extruded aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip stops the gate in the right place and cushions it, so the lock is not used as a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strike plate is stainless steel, so it does not rust on exposed gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the closing post of pedestrian gates fitted with insert locks at offices, schools, sports grounds, blocks of flats and homes, where the post is 40mm to 50mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stainless keep, aluminium stop plate with rubber strip, and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert locks for 40mm, 50mm, 60mm and 80mm gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-Fix with integrated click-in fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, easy to change over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel strike plate, black polyamide body, aluminium stop plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this keep suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003e60mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther keeps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock keep for 40-60mm posts, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-insert-lock-keep-40-60mm\"\u003eInsert lock keep 40-60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimber posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-keep-for-wooden-posts\"\u003eKeep for timber posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCode lock kits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eSurface keep for code lock kits\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the insert lock in the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the hook and day bolt meet the post, then fix the keep with its Quick-Fix fixings so both bolts enter the strike plate cleanly. Fit the stop plate so the gate closes against the rubber strip and check the hook throws fully. Keep the openings free of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this keep for an insert lock where the closing post is 40mm to 50mm box section. For wider posts up to 60mm choose the black insert lock keep, and for timber posts choose the timber post keep. Surface-mounted locks need an industrial or security keep instead. If you are not sure which keep suits your lock and post, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the stop plate included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip comes with the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit surface-mounted locks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for insert locks fitted inside the gate stile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It changes over easily for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994375266691,"sku":"SSHF-453955-01","price":42.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-keep-40mm-stainless-office-gate.jpg?v=1794109225"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-keep-for-wooden-posts","title":"Stainless Steel Keep for Insert Gate Locks on Timber Posts, 40-60mm, with Wood Screws","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a stainless steel keep for insert gate locks on timber posts from 40mm to 60mm: it screws to the face of a wooden post and takes the lock's hook and day bolt, with an anchoring plate for the hook so the gate cannot be pulled away.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes with wood screws and a stop plate for gates that have no stop of their own, so it suits timber and hybrid gates where a metal post keep would not fix properly. The price shown is for one keep with stop plate and screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for timber.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most keeps are designed to clamp to metal box section. This one screws straight into a wooden post with the wood screws supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook anchoring plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plate behind the strike gives the lock's hook something solid to grip, so the gate holds tight to the post and cannot be levered open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStop plate included.\u003c\/strong\u003e Where the gate has no built-in stop, the supplied stop plate stops it in the right place so the lock is not used as a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The strike plate is stainless steel, so it does not rust or stain the timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn timber gate posts at houses, cottages, farms, parks and garden centres, where a timber or hybrid gate is fitted with an insert lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stainless keep, stop plate, anchoring plate for the hook and wood screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimber, 40mm to 60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert locks with a hook bolt, including hybrid gate locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrewed, wood screws supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel strike plate with black stop strip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this keep suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003e60mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther keeps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal posts 40-50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-keep-insert-lock\"\u003eInsert lock keep for 40-50mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal posts 40-60mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-insert-lock-keep-40-60mm\"\u003eInsert lock keep 40-60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the insert lock in the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the hook and day bolt meet the post, chisel a shallow recess if needed and screw the keep in place so both bolts enter cleanly. Fit the stop plate if the gate has no stop. Check the screws once a year as timber moves with the seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this keep for an insert lock on a timber post from 40mm to 60mm. For metal box section posts choose one of the metal post keeps. Surface-mounted locks need an industrial or security keep instead. If you are not sure which keep suits your lock and post, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Wood screws are supplied with the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on metal posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for timber; choose a metal post keep for box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a stop plate included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, for gates without a built-in stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994309632387,"sku":"SSHF-486723-01","price":42.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-keep-timber-post-stainless-timber-post.jpg?v=1794109263"},{"product_id":"child-safe-magnetic-latch-pools-parks","title":"Child Safe Magnetic Pool Gate Latch, Gate Mounted, Lockable, Black and Silver Aluminium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a child-safe magnetic latch for pool, playground and park gates: a tall black and silver aluminium column with the release knob at the top, mounted on the gate itself, with a magnet keep on the post that pulls the latch shut as the gate swings closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate only opens when the knob on top is lifted, so a small child cannot reach it or open the gate by pushing down. The magnet catches from 30mm away, so a gate on a closer latches every time instead of bouncing open, and a key cylinder in the column locks the gate when the area is closed. It suits metal, vinyl and timber gates and opens either way. The price shown is for one complete latch with keep, fixings and keys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this latch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelease out of a child's reach.\u003c\/strong\u003e The knob sits at the top of a tall column, and the latch only releases when it is pulled up. Pushing, leaning or hanging on the gate will not open it, which is the point of a pool or play area gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches reliably.\u003c\/strong\u003e A gate that does not quite shut is the most common failure on a pool fence. The magnet in this latch pulls the bolt into the keep from 30mm away, twice the distance of a typical magnetic latch, so a self-closing gate catches even when it closes slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLockable.\u003c\/strong\u003e A euro profile key cylinder in the column can be reached from both sides of the gate, so staff can lock the pool or play area out of hours. Three keys are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to last outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The housing is anodised aluminium with a black and satin silver finish that does not rust, and the latch is tested to 2 million cycles, which covers years of use on a busy public gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to set up.\u003c\/strong\u003e 30mm vertical and 30mm horizontal adjustment takes up a gap of 15mm to 45mm between gate and post, so the latch can be lined up on site after the gate is hung.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGates in fences round domestic and hotel swimming pools, spas and hot tubs, playgrounds and play areas in parks, nursery and school play areas, holiday parks, and garden gates wherever children must not be able to get out on their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne magnetic latch with magnet keep, key cylinder, 3 keys, fixings and hex keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatch on the gate itself, keep on the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelease\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePull-up knob at the top of the column; cannot be opened by pushing down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnetic catch distance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm vertical and 30mm horizontal adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGap between gate and post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm to 45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate hand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, vinyl and timber gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuro profile key cylinder, reached from both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCycle test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 million cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium, black and satin silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for 40mm box section gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-spring-hinge-for-40mm-gates\"\u003eSpring hinge set, 130mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-spring-hinge-40mm-box-section\"\u003espring hinge set, 150mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing screw-on hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree spring hinge, gates to 60kg\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic closer and hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hydraulic-gate-closer-hinge\"\u003eHydraulic 180 degree gate closer and hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe post-mounted version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-child-safe-magnetic-latch\"\u003eChild safe magnetic latch, post mounted\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth versions work the same way; the difference is where the column goes. This gate-mounted latch fits on the gate itself with the keep on the post. Choose the post-mounted latch where the gate frame is slim or glazed and the post is the stronger fixing, and the gate-mounted latch where you want the release to move with the gate and the post to carry only the keep. The post-mounted latch takes a gap of 10mm to 45mm, the gate-mounted latch 15mm to 45mm. Either way, pair it with self-closing hinges or a gate closer so the gate swings shut by itself, and check the height and other pool gate requirements with your local authority before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHang the gate with its self-closing hinges first. Fix the latch column on the gate itself with the clamps and fixings supplied, then fit the magnet keep on the post at the same height. Use the adjustment to line the bolt up with the keep, then let the gate close from a few positions and check it latches every time. Test that pushing down on the knob does not release it. Wipe clean with warm soapy water and check the latch as part of routine pool or play area checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan a child open it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe latch only opens when the knob at the top is pulled up, and pushing on the gate or the knob will not release it. Fit it at a height that keeps the knob out of reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The magnet keep, fixings, key cylinder and three keys are all included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it meet pool gate rules?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for pool gates, but requirements differ by area. Always confirm the rules with the responsible authority before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the gate need a closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The latch catches the gate as it shuts, so use self-closing hinges or a gate closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the right version for your gate and post, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994256679299,"sku":"SSHF-552259-01","price":268.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/child-safe-magnetic-gate-latch-gate-mounted-hotel-pool-gate.jpg?v=1794091814"},{"product_id":"premium-child-safe-magnetic-latch","title":"Child Safe Magnetic Pool Gate Latch, Post Mounted, Lockable, Black and Silver Aluminium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a child-safe magnetic latch for pool, playground and park gates: a tall black and silver aluminium column with the release knob at the top, mounted on the gate post, with a magnet keep on the gate that pulls the latch shut as the gate swings closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gate only opens when the knob on top is lifted, so a small child cannot reach it or open the gate by pushing down. The magnet catches from 30mm away, so a gate on a closer latches every time instead of bouncing open, and a key cylinder in the column locks the gate when the area is closed. It suits metal, vinyl and timber gates and opens either way. The price shown is for one complete latch with keep, fixings and keys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this latch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelease out of a child's reach.\u003c\/strong\u003e The knob sits at the top of a tall column, and the latch only releases when it is pulled up. Pushing, leaning or hanging on the gate will not open it, which is the point of a pool or play area gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches reliably.\u003c\/strong\u003e A gate that does not quite shut is the most common failure on a pool fence. The magnet in this latch pulls the bolt into the keep from 30mm away, twice the distance of a typical magnetic latch, so a self-closing gate catches even when it closes slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLockable.\u003c\/strong\u003e A euro profile key cylinder in the column can be reached from both sides of the gate, so staff can lock the pool or play area out of hours. Three keys are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to last outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The housing is anodised aluminium with a black and satin silver finish that does not rust, and the latch is tested to 2 million cycles, which covers years of use on a busy public gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to set up.\u003c\/strong\u003e Full vertical adjustment and 25mm horizontal adjustment takes up a gap of 10mm to 45mm between gate and post, so the latch can be lined up on site after the gate is hung.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGates in fences round domestic and hotel swimming pools, spas and hot tubs, playgrounds and play areas in parks, nursery and school play areas, holiday parks, and garden gates wherever children must not be able to get out on their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne magnetic latch with magnet keep, key cylinder, 3 keys, fixings and hex keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatch on the gate post, keep on the gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelease\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePull-up knob at the top of the column; cannot be opened by pushing down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnetic catch distance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull vertical adjustment and 25mm horizontal adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGap between gate and post\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm to 45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate hand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, vinyl and timber gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuro profile key cylinder, reached from both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCycle test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 million cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium, black and satin silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.95 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing hinges for 40mm box section gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-spring-hinge-for-40mm-gates\"\u003eSpring hinge set, 130mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-spring-hinge-40mm-box-section\"\u003espring hinge set, 150mm bolt\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-closing screw-on hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-180-spring-hinge\"\u003e180 degree spring hinge, gates to 60kg\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic closer and hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hydraulic-gate-closer-hinge\"\u003eHydraulic 180 degree gate closer and hinge\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe gate-mounted version\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/child-safe-magnetic-latch-pools-parks\"\u003eChild safe magnetic latch, gate mounted\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth versions work the same way; the difference is where the column goes. This post-mounted latch fits on the gate post with the keep on the gate. Choose the post-mounted latch where the gate frame is slim or glazed and the post is the stronger fixing, and the gate-mounted latch where you want the release to move with the gate and the post to carry only the keep. The post-mounted latch takes a gap of 10mm to 45mm, the gate-mounted latch 15mm to 45mm. Either way, pair it with self-closing hinges or a gate closer so the gate swings shut by itself, and check the height and other pool gate requirements with your local authority before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHang the gate with its self-closing hinges first. Fix the latch column on the gate post with the clamps and fixings supplied, then fit the magnet keep on the gate at the same height. Use the adjustment to line the bolt up with the keep, then let the gate close from a few positions and check it latches every time. Test that pushing down on the knob does not release it. Wipe clean with warm soapy water and check the latch as part of routine pool or play area checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan a child open it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe latch only opens when the knob at the top is pulled up, and pushing on the gate or the knob will not release it. Fit it at a height that keeps the knob out of reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The magnet keep, fixings, key cylinder and three keys are all included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it meet pool gate rules?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for pool gates, but requirements differ by area. Always confirm the rules with the responsible authority before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the gate need a closer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The latch catches the gate as it shuts, so use self-closing hinges or a gate closer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the right version for your gate and post, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994189308291,"sku":"SSHF-683331-01","price":198.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/child-safe-magnetic-gate-latch-post-mounted-playground-gate.jpg?v=1794091783"},{"product_id":"double-sided-code-lock-for-50mm-gates","title":"Battery Powered Gate Code Lock for 50mm Box Section, Keypad Both Sides, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a battery-powered electronic code lock for gates made from 50mm box section, with a keypad on both sides of the gate, so a code is needed to get in and to get out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no mains power and no cabling along the fence: a battery pack inside runs it for up to 150,000 openings. The slim black aluminium keypad bars carry a lever handle and a key cylinder, and up to 100 user codes can be added, changed or deleted at the keypad. It works with a 50mm insert lock set inside the gate stile; the code lock is sold on its own, so the insert lock and keep are ordered separately. The price shown is for one code lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccess control without wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Running power to a gate in a fence line means trenching and an electrician. This lock runs on its battery pack, with a low battery warning light so it can be changed before it runs flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 100 codes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Give staff, residents or members their own codes and delete one when someone leaves, without changing the lock or handing out keys. Codes can also be set to hold the gate permanently open, and a free exit setting is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keypad is LED lit for use after dark, rated IP66 against rain and dust, and the robust, vandal-resistant aluminium housing has a textured black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey override.\u003c\/strong\u003e A key cylinder lets a caretaker or engineer open the gate without a code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at schools, nurseries and play areas, communal gardens, bin and bike stores at blocks of flats, sports clubs and tennis courts, office and depot car parks, and utility compounds, where several people need access and keys are hard to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne code lock with keypads for both sides, lever handles, battery pack and key cylinder with keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, with a 50mm insert lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides of the gate, LED illuminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 user codes; permanently open and free exit codes supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery pack included, up to 150,000 cycles; low battery warning light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeather rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, textured black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.08 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right battery code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-battery-powered-code-lock\"\u003eBattery code lock, 40mm, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-40mm-profile\"\u003eBattery code lock, 40mm, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-50mm-profiles\"\u003eBattery code lock, 50mm, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eKeep for insert locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst match the gate: this lock is for 50mm box section and works with a 50mm insert lock. Then decide who needs a code. Choose keypads on both sides where people must not be able to let themselves out, such as a nursery or play area, and a single keypad with a plain inside plate where people should always be able to walk out freely. The code lock does not include the insert lock or the keep, so add both to your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the 50mm insert lock into the gate stile first, then mount the keypad bars on the faces of the stile over it, connect the cable, fit the handles and the cylinder, and fit the keep on the post. Set the master code and add user codes following the instructions, and test the lock with the gate open. Change the battery pack when the warning light shows; wipe the keypad with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need mains power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on the battery pack supplied, for up to 150,000 openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the insert lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The code lock is sold on its own; order the 50mm insert lock and the keep separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many codes can it hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 100 user codes, plus codes for permanently open and free exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I open it without a code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the key in the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a complete gate set with the insert lock and keep, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check every part with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57994046407043,"sku":"SSHF-748867-01","price":1125.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/battery-code-lock-50mm-double-sided-tennis-club-gate.jpg?v=1794090519"},{"product_id":"battery-powered-code-lock-50mm-profiles","title":"Battery Powered Gate Code Lock for 50mm Box Section, Keypad One Side, Free Exit, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a battery-powered electronic code lock for gates made from 50mm box section, with a keypad on the outside only and a plain cover plate with a handle on the inside, so people need a code to get in but can always walk out freely.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no mains power and no cabling along the fence: a battery pack inside runs it for up to 150,000 openings. The slim black aluminium keypad bar carries a lever handle and a key cylinder, and up to 100 user codes can be added, changed or deleted at the keypad. It works with a 50mm insert lock set inside the gate stile; the code lock is sold on its own, so the insert lock and keep are ordered separately. The price shown is for one code lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccess control without wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Running power to a gate in a fence line means trenching and an electrician. This lock runs on its battery pack, with a low battery warning light so it can be changed before it runs flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 100 codes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Give staff, residents or members their own codes and delete one when someone leaves, without changing the lock or handing out keys. Codes can also be set to hold the gate permanently open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree exit.\u003c\/strong\u003e With no keypad on the inside, anyone leaving just uses the handle, which suits gates where people should never be held in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keypad is LED lit for use after dark, rated IP66 against rain and dust, and the robust, vandal-resistant aluminium housing has a textured black finish. A key cylinder lets a caretaker open the gate without a code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at offices, depots and car parks, communal gardens, bin and bike stores at blocks of flats, sports clubs, church and village halls, and utility compounds, where several people need a code to get in but should always be able to walk out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne code lock with outside keypad and inside cover plate, lever handles, battery pack and key cylinder with keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, with a 50mm insert lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only; plain cover plate on the inside for free exit, LED illuminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 user codes; permanently open codes supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery pack included, up to 150,000 cycles; low battery warning light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeather rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, textured black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.88 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right battery code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-battery-powered-code-lock\"\u003eBattery code lock, 40mm, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-40mm-profile\"\u003eBattery code lock, 40mm, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-sided-code-lock-for-50mm-gates\"\u003eBattery code lock, 50mm, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock for 50mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eKeep for insert locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst match the gate: this lock is for 50mm box section and works with a 50mm insert lock. Then decide who needs a code. Choose this single keypad with a plain inside plate where people should always be able to walk out freely, and keypads on both sides where people must not be able to let themselves out, such as a nursery or play area. The code lock does not include the insert lock or the keep, so add both to your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the 50mm insert lock into the gate stile first, then mount the keypad bar on the outside face of the stile and the cover plate on the inside, connect the cable, fit the handles and the cylinder, and fit the keep on the post. Set the master code and add user codes following the instructions, and test the lock with the gate open. Change the battery pack when the warning light shows; wipe the keypad with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need mains power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on the battery pack supplied, for up to 150,000 openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan people get out without a code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inside has a plain cover plate and handle, so anyone leaving just uses the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the insert lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The code lock is sold on its own; order the 50mm insert lock and the keep separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many codes can it hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 100 user codes, plus codes for permanently open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a complete gate set with the insert lock and keep, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check every part with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57993960259971,"sku":"SSHF-043779-01","price":897.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/battery-code-lock-50mm-single-sided-office-car-park-gate.jpg?v=1794090490"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-sliding-gate-keep","title":"Stainless Steel Sliding Gate Keep for Hollow Posts, 9mm Self-Adjusting, Rubber Stop","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a stainless steel keep for sliding gate locks, made for hollow receiving posts at least 80mm wide: the lock's twisting hook finger enters the slot and locks behind it, and the keep self-adjusts 9mm left or right so the gate locks cleanly even if it does not stop in exactly the same place.\u003c\/strong\u003e A rubber stop protects the gate frame as it closes, and the keep fixes to the post with Quick-Fix bolts. It suits the surface sliding gate locks and sliding gate code locks in our range. The price shown is for one keep with its fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-adjusting.\u003c\/strong\u003e A sliding gate rarely stops in exactly the same spot. The keep moves 9mm left or right to meet the hook finger, so the lock engages every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtects the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rubber stop takes the impact as the gate slides home, so the gate frame and lock are not damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick-Fix bolts hold the keep on the hollow post without welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless steel keep does not rust on exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the receiving post of manual sliding gates at industrial units, yards, depots, car parks, schools and business parks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stainless sliding gate keep with rubber stop and Quick-Fix bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHollow square posts, at least 80mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm left or right, automatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface sliding gate locks and sliding gate code locks with a twisting hook finger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with black polyamide frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.733 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this keep suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate lock 40mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-sliding-gate-lock-black\"\u003eSliding gate lock 40mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate lock 40mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate lock 40mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate lock 50mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-sliding-gate-lock-1\"\u003eSliding gate lock 50mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate lock 50mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sliding-gate-lock-for-50mm-box-section\"\u003eSliding gate lock 50mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate lock 60mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-sliding-gate-lock-60mm\"\u003eSliding gate lock 60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate lock 60mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sliding-gate-lock-60mm\"\u003eSliding gate lock 60mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate code lock 50mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate code lock 50mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate code lock 60mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate code lock 60mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the lock to the gate first. Slide the gate closed, mark where the hook finger meets the post, and fix the keep with its Quick-Fix bolts so the finger enters the slot squarely. Slide the gate shut a few times to check it locks cleanly. Keep the slot free of grit and leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this keep for a sliding gate lock with a twisting hook finger where the receiving post is hollow and at least 80mm wide. For narrower posts, use the catch bolt supplied with the lock. Swing gates need a swing gate keep instead. If you are not sure which keep suits your lock and post, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size of post does it need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hollow square post at least 80mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it adjust?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It self-adjusts 9mm left or right as the hook finger enters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit swing gates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is made for sliding gate locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57987396731267,"sku":"SSHF-266243-01","price":88.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sliding-gate-keep-stainless-builders-yard.jpg?v=1794109487"},{"product_id":"premium-mechanical-sliding-gate-lock","title":"Mechanical Code Lock for Sliding Gates, 60mm Box Section, Keypad Both Sides, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a mechanical code lock for sliding gates made from 60mm box section, with a push-button keypad on both sides of the gate and a twisting catch bolt that hooks into a keep on the post as the gate closes.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no batteries, mains power or cabling, so any sliding gate can have keypad access control without an electrician. The silver aluminium case holds a stainless steel mechanism, the keypads have dust and rain covers, and a stainless collar around the catch bolt stops it being cut through. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the sliding gate keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for sliding gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The twisting catch bolt and its self-correcting keep pull the gate into line as it closes, so the lock engages cleanly even when a sliding gate does not stop in exactly the same place every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode on both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is a keypad on each face of the gate, and different entrance and exit codes can be used, so you control who comes in and who goes out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo power, nothing to fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully mechanical: no batteries to change and no wiring along the fence, so it keeps working on remote gates and in a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCodes set in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Codes of four to six digits are quick to set up and change, the code resets after the handle is pushed, and an integrated press plate stops the code being found by feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep can be mounted horizontally or vertically to suit the post and the way the gate closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and light sliding gates at schools, business units, depots and utility compounds, car parks, sports grounds and blocks of flats, wherever a sliding gate needs code access without power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sliding gate code lock with lever handles, euro cylinder with keys, catch bolt and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm box section, sliding gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides, mechanical, with dust and rain covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 6 digits; separate entrance and exit codes possible; automatic reset\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCatch bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisting catch bolt with stainless steel anti-cut collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeep mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal or vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, silver, with stainless steel mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-sliding-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel sliding gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther sliding gate code locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-sliding-gate-lock-for-50mm-box-section\"\u003eSliding gate code lock, 50mm box section, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate code lock, 50mm box section, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the box section of the sliding gate: this one is for 60mm box section. Choose silver for galvanised or silver gates and black for black gates. Order the stainless sliding gate keep for the post, which is designed to work with the twisting catch bolt. For swing gates, choose a swing gate code lock instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the closing end of the sliding gate with the fixings supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, then fit the keep on the post so the catch bolt engages fully as the gate closes, mounting it horizontally or vertically to suit. Set your codes following the instructions and test both sides with the gate open before closing. Keep the rain covers shut, wipe the case with warm soapy water and do not paint over the keypads or bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need batteries or power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is fully mechanical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Order the stainless steel sliding gate keep for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use different codes for entry and exit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two keypads can work with different entrance and exit codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check which lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57987354263939,"sku":"SSHF-462851-01","price":1043.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sliding-gate-code-lock-60mm-silver-depot-gate.jpg?v=1794105945"},{"product_id":"mechanical-sliding-gate-lock-for-50mm-box-section","title":"Mechanical Code Lock for Sliding Gates, 50mm Box Section, Keypad Both Sides, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a mechanical code lock for sliding gates made from 50mm box section, with a push-button keypad on both sides of the gate and a twisting catch bolt that hooks into a keep on the post as the gate closes.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no batteries, mains power or cabling, so any sliding gate can have keypad access control without an electrician. The black aluminium case holds a stainless steel mechanism, the keypads have dust and rain covers, and a stainless collar around the catch bolt stops it being cut through. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the sliding gate keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for sliding gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The twisting catch bolt and its self-correcting keep pull the gate into line as it closes, so the lock engages cleanly even when a sliding gate does not stop in exactly the same place every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode on both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is a keypad on each face of the gate, and different entrance and exit codes can be used, so you control who comes in and who goes out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo power, nothing to fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully mechanical: no batteries to change and no wiring along the fence, so it keeps working on remote gates and in a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCodes set in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Codes of four to six digits are quick to set up and change, the code resets after the handle is pushed, and an integrated press plate stops the code being found by feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep can be mounted horizontally or vertically to suit the post and the way the gate closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and light sliding gates at schools, business units, depots and utility compounds, car parks, sports grounds and blocks of flats, wherever a sliding gate needs code access without power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sliding gate code lock with lever handles, euro cylinder with keys, catch bolt and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, sliding gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides, mechanical, with dust and rain covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 6 digits; separate entrance and exit codes possible; automatic reset\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCatch bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisting catch bolt with stainless steel anti-cut collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeep mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal or vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black, with stainless steel mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-sliding-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel sliding gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther sliding gate code locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate code lock, 50mm box section, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm box section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate code lock, 60mm box section, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the box section of the sliding gate: this one is for 50mm box section. Choose silver for galvanised or silver gates and black for black gates. Order the stainless sliding gate keep for the post, which is designed to work with the twisting catch bolt. For swing gates, choose a swing gate code lock instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the closing end of the sliding gate with the fixings supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, then fit the keep on the post so the catch bolt engages fully as the gate closes, mounting it horizontally or vertically to suit. Set your codes following the instructions and test both sides with the gate open before closing. Keep the rain covers shut, wipe the case with warm soapy water and do not paint over the keypads or bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need batteries or power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is fully mechanical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Order the stainless steel sliding gate keep for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use different codes for entry and exit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two keypads can work with different entrance and exit codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check which lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57987240296835,"sku":"SSHF-593923-01","price":1043.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sliding-gate-code-lock-50mm-black-business-unit-gate.jpg?v=1794105888"},{"product_id":"mechanical-sliding-gate-lock","title":"Mechanical Code Lock for Sliding Gates, 50mm Box Section, Keypad Both Sides, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a mechanical code lock for sliding gates made from 50mm box section, with a push-button keypad on both sides of the gate and a twisting catch bolt that hooks into a keep on the post as the gate closes.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no batteries, mains power or cabling, so any sliding gate can have keypad access control without an electrician. The silver aluminium case holds a stainless steel mechanism, the keypads have dust and rain covers, and a stainless collar around the catch bolt stops it being cut through. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the sliding gate keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for sliding gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The twisting catch bolt and its self-correcting keep pull the gate into line as it closes, so the lock engages cleanly even when a sliding gate does not stop in exactly the same place every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCode on both sides.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is a keypad on each face of the gate, and different entrance and exit codes can be used, so you control who comes in and who goes out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo power, nothing to fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully mechanical: no batteries to change and no wiring along the fence, so it keeps working on remote gates and in a power cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCodes set in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Codes of four to six digits are quick to set up and change, the code resets after the handle is pushed, and an integrated press plate stops the code being found by feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible fitting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep can be mounted horizontally or vertically to suit the post and the way the gate closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and light sliding gates at schools, business units, depots and utility compounds, car parks, sports grounds and blocks of flats, wherever a sliding gate needs code access without power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne sliding gate code lock with lever handles, euro cylinder with keys, catch bolt and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, sliding gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides, mechanical, with dust and rain covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 6 digits; separate entrance and exit codes possible; automatic reset\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCatch bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisting catch bolt with stainless steel anti-cut collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeep mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal or vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, silver, with stainless steel mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gate keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-sliding-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel sliding gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther sliding gate code locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile and finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mechanical-sliding-gate-lock-for-50mm-box-section\"\u003eSliding gate code lock, 50mm box section, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm box section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-sliding-gate-lock\"\u003eSliding gate code lock, 60mm box section, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the box section of the sliding gate: this one is for 50mm box section. Choose silver for galvanised or silver gates and black for black gates. Order the stainless sliding gate keep for the post, which is designed to work with the twisting catch bolt. For swing gates, choose a swing gate code lock instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the closing end of the sliding gate with the fixings supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, then fit the keep on the post so the catch bolt engages fully as the gate closes, mounting it horizontally or vertically to suit. Set your codes following the instructions and test both sides with the gate open before closing. Keep the rain covers shut, wipe the case with warm soapy water and do not paint over the keypads or bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need batteries or power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is fully mechanical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Order the stainless steel sliding gate keep for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use different codes for entry and exit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The two keypads can work with different entrance and exit codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check which lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57987178004867,"sku":"SSHF-626691-01","price":1043.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sliding-gate-code-lock-50mm-silver-school-gate.jpg?v=1794105943"},{"product_id":"premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section","title":"Insert Lock for 60mm Box Section Gates, Stainless Hook and Self-Latching Bolt, Lock Only","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an insert lock for gates made from 60mm box section: the lock case fits inside the gate stile so only a slim stainless faceplate shows, and it throws a stainless hook bolt as well as a self-latching day bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e With the right keep on the post, the hook grips the keep so the gate cannot be pulled away or forced open. The mechanism is 100% stainless steel, it suits metal, aluminium and PVC gates, and it clicks into the profile in seconds. This is the lock only: handles, cylinder and keep are ordered separately, or choose the complete kit. The price shown is for one lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook bolt security.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless hook has a 21mm throw and locks into the keep, so the gate leaf cannot be levered off the post, which is how most gates are forced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The self-latching day bolt catches as the gate closes and can be locked with the key. It changes over for left or right-hand gates and adjusts by up to 10mm without taking the lock out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A click-in fixing holds the lock in the profile, so there is no need to tap threads into the box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanism, hook, faceplate and latch bolt are stainless steel, and a cover plate keeps dirt out of the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and side gates in 60mm box section at homes, offices, schools, sports grounds, blocks of flats and industrial units, by fabricators and installers who want a neat hidden lock and choose their own handles and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne insert lock with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60mm deep or more, in steel, aluminium or PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle to cylinder centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 21mm throw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, adjustable up to 10mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% stainless steel, with cover plate against dirt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTakes any euro profile cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.59 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles, cylinder and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-insert-lock-keep-40-60mm\"\u003eInsert lock keep 40-60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-keep-for-insert-lock\"\u003estainless\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-handles-for-insert-locks-1\"\u003eSilver handle pair\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-handles-for-insert-locks\"\u003eblack handle pair\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminum-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003eSilver cover shield pair\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003eblack\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, handles, cylinder and keep in one kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock kit for 60mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit with two pre-cut 2m profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-lock-kit-60mm-box\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm with profiles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this lock for a gate stile in 60mm box section when you already have handles, a cylinder and a keep, or want to choose them yourself. If you want everything matched in one order, the complete kit costs less than buying the parts one by one. For 40mm or 50mm box section, choose the matching smaller lock, as the backset is set by the profile depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the opening for the lock in the edge of the gate stile and drill the handle and cylinder holes at 92mm centres, click the lock into the profile, then fit the cylinder, handles and cover plates. Fit the keep on the post so the hook and day bolt engage fully, and set the day bolt with its adjustment. A safety cable is recommended on every swing gate. Wipe the faceplate clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre handles included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the lock only; choose handles, a cylinder and a keep, or buy the complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich keep do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn insert lock keep for 40mm to 60mm posts, in black or stainless, from the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be fitted on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the lock suits your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57982914396547,"sku":"SSHF-505667-01","price":98.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-60mm-box-section-gate-edge.jpg?v=1794101164"},{"product_id":"premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates","title":"Insert Lock for 40mm Box Section Gates, Stainless Hook and Self-Latching Bolt, Lock Only","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an insert lock for gates made from 40mm box section: the lock case fits inside the gate stile so only a slim stainless faceplate shows, and it throws a stainless hook bolt as well as a self-latching day bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e With the right keep on the post, the hook grips the keep so the gate cannot be pulled away or forced open. The mechanism is 100% stainless steel, it suits metal, aluminium and PVC gates, and it clicks into the profile in seconds. This is the lock only: handles, cylinder and keep are ordered separately, or see the related parts below. The price shown is for one lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook bolt security.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless hook has a 21mm throw and locks into the keep, so the gate leaf cannot be levered off the post, which is how most gates are forced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The self-latching day bolt catches as the gate closes and can be locked with the key. It changes over for left or right-hand gates and adjusts by up to 10mm without taking the lock out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A click-in fixing holds the lock in the profile, so there is no need to tap threads into the box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanism, hook, faceplate and latch bolt are stainless steel, and a cover plate keeps dirt out of the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and side gates in 40mm box section at homes, offices, schools, sports grounds, blocks of flats and industrial units, by fabricators and installers who want a neat hidden lock and choose their own handles and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne insert lock with fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box section, in steel, aluminium or PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle to cylinder centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 21mm throw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, adjustable up to 10mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% stainless steel, with cover plate against dirt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTakes any euro profile cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles, cylinder and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-keep-insert-lock\"\u003eStainless keep for 40mm insert locks\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-insert-lock-keep-40-60mm\"\u003einsert lock keep 40-60mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-handles-for-insert-locks-1\"\u003eSilver handle pair\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-handles-for-insert-locks\"\u003eblack handle pair\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminum-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003eSilver cover shield pair\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003eblack\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003e60mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit for 60mm box section with handles, cylinder and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this lock for a gate stile in 40mm box section, the slimmest profile in the range, when you have or want to choose your own handles, cylinder and keep. For 50mm or 60mm box section, choose the matching larger lock, as each lock is sized to its profile. The stainless keep made for 40mm insert locks is the recommended partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the opening for the lock in the edge of the gate stile and drill the handle and cylinder holes at 92mm centres, click the lock into the profile, then fit the cylinder, handles and cover plates. Fit the keep on the post so the hook and day bolt engage fully, and set the day bolt with its adjustment. A safety cable is recommended on every swing gate. Wipe the faceplate clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre handles included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the lock only; choose handles, a cylinder and a keep, and order them with the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich keep do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stainless keep for 40mm insert locks is recommended; it is linked in the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be fitted on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the lock suits your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57982830215555,"sku":"SSHF-702275-01","price":76.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-40mm-box-section-park-gate-edge.jpg?v=1794101448"},{"product_id":"premium-sliding-gate-magnet-lock","title":"Magnet Lock for Sliding Gates, 250kg Holding Force, 12\/24V DC, IP68, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an electromagnetic lock for sliding gates: a weatherproof magnet unit fixed to the receiving post and an armature housing fixed to the end of the gate, which hold the closed gate shut with a force of 250kg whenever power is on.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built for outdoor gates, rated IP68 against water and dust and salt spray tested for 500 hours, and it runs on 12V or 24V DC, so it can be released by a keypad, intercom, access reader or exit button. Rubber bumpers stop the gate rattling, and the armature plate is flexibly mounted so the lock still closes if the gate is slightly out of line. The price shown is for one complete lock in powder coated silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e250kg holding force.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every lock is tested to its holding force of 2500N, which holds a pedestrian or light vehicle sliding gate firmly closed until the access system releases it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo moving parts to wear.\u003c\/strong\u003e A magnet lock has no bolts or latches, so there is nothing to jam, freeze or wear out, and it works however the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A two-layer protective coating, 500 hours of salt spray testing to ISO 9227 and an IP68 rating keep it working through rain, frost and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKind to the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber bumpers cushion the gate as it closes, protecting the gate and its fittings from harsh handling, and an anti-residual magnetism system lets the gate open cleanly when power is cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and light sliding gates at offices, industrial units, car parks, schools, blocks of flats and private driveways, wherever the gate is opened by a keypad, card reader, intercom or exit button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnet unit, armature housing with spacer bolts and rubber bumpers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHolding force\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500N (250kg), tested on every lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V or 24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460mA at 12V, 230mA at 24V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68, water and dust\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorrosion test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 hours salt spray to ISO 9227\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelease\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFail open: releases when power is cut; anti-residual magnetism system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.22 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply and access control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-25w-dc-safety-power-supply\"\u003e25W DC safety power supply\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-60w-power-supply\"\u003e60W 24V DC power supply\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeatherproof housing for the power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-waterproof-transformer-housing\"\u003eWaterproof transformer housing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same lock for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-magnet-lock-for-swing-gates\"\u003eIntegrated magnet lock for swing gates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA stronger surface magnet lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-electro-magnetic-lock-300-kg\"\u003eElectromagnetic gate lock, 300kg\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this lock for a sliding gate that is opened by an access control system. For a hinged gate, choose the swing gate version, which has the same holding force in a housing made for swing gates. Where the gate must stay locked during a power cut, use a mechanical lock or an electric keep instead, as a magnet lock releases when power is lost. Size the power supply to the lock and any keypad or reader on the same circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the gate closed, fix the magnet unit upright on the receiving post and the armature housing on the end of the gate so the two faces meet squarely, using the spacer bolts to set the gap. Run the cable to a 12V or 24V DC supply through your access control relay, and check the gate holds and releases cleanly. Keep the magnet face clean and dry-wipe it now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat happens in a power cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock releases and the gate can be opened. Use a mechanical lock as well where the gate must stay locked without power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a power supply included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a 12V or 24V DC power supply from the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work if the gate is not perfectly aligned?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The armature plate is flexibly mounted, so it closes normally even if the gate is slightly out of line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the lock suits your gate and access system, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57982183997827,"sku":"SSHF-762051-01","price":420.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/sliding-gate-magnet-lock-250kg-silver-yard-gate.jpg?v=1794101736"},{"product_id":"premium-magnet-lock-for-swing-gates","title":"Magnet Lock for Swing Gates, 250kg Holding Force, 12\/24V DC, IP68, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an electromagnetic lock for swing gates: a weatherproof magnet unit fixed to the gate post and an armature housing fixed to the closing stile of the gate, which hold the closed gate shut with a force of 250kg whenever power is on.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built for outdoor gates, rated IP68 against water and dust and salt spray tested for 500 hours, and it runs on 12V or 24V DC, so it can be released by a keypad, intercom, access reader or exit button. It fits neatly in the corner between gate and post, so it stays almost out of sight and keeps the full width of the opening, and it mounts quickly with a Quick-Fix system. Rubber bumpers stop the gate rattling, and the armature plate is flexibly mounted so the lock still closes if the gate is slightly out of line. The price shown is for one complete lock in powder coated silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e250kg holding force.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every lock is tested to its holding force of 2500N, which holds a pedestrian swing gate firmly closed until the access system releases it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo moving parts to wear.\u003c\/strong\u003e A magnet lock has no bolts or latches, so there is nothing to jam, freeze or wear out, and it works however the gate settles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e A two-layer protective coating, 500 hours of salt spray testing to ISO 9227 and an IP68 rating keep it working through rain, frost and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKind to the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber bumpers cushion the gate as it closes, protecting the gate and its fittings from harsh handling, and an anti-residual magnetism system lets the gate open cleanly when power is cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian swing gates at offices, industrial units, car parks, schools, blocks of flats and private driveways, wherever the gate is opened by a keypad, card reader, intercom or exit button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnet unit, armature housing, rubber bumpers and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-Fix mounting, fits between gate and post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHolding force\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500N (250kg), tested on every lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V or 24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460mA at 12V, 230mA at 24V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP68, water and dust\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorrosion test\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 hours salt spray to ISO 9227\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRelease\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFail open: releases when power is cut; anti-residual magnetism system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply and access control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-25w-dc-safety-power-supply\"\u003e25W DC safety power supply\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-60w-power-supply\"\u003e60W 24V DC power supply\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeatherproof housing for the power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-waterproof-transformer-housing\"\u003eWaterproof transformer housing\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same lock for sliding gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-sliding-gate-magnet-lock\"\u003eMagnet lock for sliding gates\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA stronger surface magnet lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-electro-magnetic-lock-300-kg\"\u003eElectromagnetic gate lock, 300kg\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this lock for a swing gate that is opened by an access control system. For a sliding gate, choose the sliding gate version, which has the same holding force in a housing made for sliding gates. Where the gate must stay locked during a power cut, use a mechanical lock or an electric keep instead, as a magnet lock releases when power is lost. Size the power supply to the lock and any keypad or reader on the same circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the gate closed, fix the magnet unit upright on the gate post and the armature housing on the closing stile with the Quick-Fix fixings so the two faces meet squarely. Run the cable to a 12V or 24V DC supply through your access control relay, and check the gate holds and releases cleanly. Keep the magnet face clean and dry-wipe it now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat happens in a power cut?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock releases and the gate can be opened. Use a mechanical lock as well where the gate must stay locked without power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a power supply included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a 12V or 24V DC power supply from the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it work if the gate is not perfectly aligned?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The armature plate is flexibly mounted, so it closes normally even if the gate is slightly out of line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the lock suits your gate and access system, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57982205755779,"sku":"SSHF-121347-01","price":444.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/swing-gate-magnet-lock-250kg-silver-flats-gate.jpg?v=1794101967"},{"product_id":"premium-battery-powered-code-lock","title":"Battery Powered Gate Code Lock for 40mm Box Section, Keypad Both Sides, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a battery-powered electronic code lock for gates made from 40mm box section, with a keypad on both sides of the gate, so a code is needed to get in and to get out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no mains power and no cabling along the fence: a battery pack inside runs it for up to 150,000 openings. The slim black aluminium keypad bars carry a lever handle and a key cylinder, and up to 100 user codes can be added, changed or deleted at the keypad. It works with a 40mm insert lock set inside the gate stile; the code lock is sold on its own, so the insert lock and keep are ordered separately. The price shown is for one code lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccess control without wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Running power to a gate in a fence line means trenching and an electrician. This lock runs on its battery pack, with a low battery warning light so it can be changed before it runs flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 100 codes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Give staff, residents or members their own codes and delete one when someone leaves, without changing the lock or handing out keys. Codes can also be set to hold the gate permanently open, and a free exit setting is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keypad is LED lit for use after dark, rated IP66 against rain and dust, and the robust, vandal-resistant aluminium housing has a textured black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey override.\u003c\/strong\u003e A key cylinder lets a caretaker or engineer open the gate without a code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at schools, nurseries and play areas, communal gardens, bin and bike stores at blocks of flats, sports clubs and tennis courts, office and depot car parks, and utility compounds, where several people need access and keys are hard to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne code lock with keypads for both sides, lever handles, battery pack and key cylinder with keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box section, with a 40mm insert lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides of the gate, LED illuminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 user codes; permanently open and free exit codes supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery pack included, up to 150,000 cycles; low battery warning light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeather rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, textured black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right battery code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-40mm-profile\"\u003eBattery code lock, 40mm, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-sided-code-lock-for-50mm-gates\"\u003eBattery code lock, 50mm, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-50mm-profiles\"\u003eBattery code lock, 50mm, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eKeep for insert locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst match the gate: this lock is for 40mm box section and works with a 40mm insert lock. Then decide who needs a code. Choose keypads on both sides where people must not be able to let themselves out, such as a nursery or play area, and a single keypad with a plain inside plate where people should always be able to walk out freely. The code lock does not include the insert lock or the keep, so add both to your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the 40mm insert lock into the gate stile first, then mount the keypad bars on the faces of the stile over it, connect the cable, fit the handles and the cylinder, and fit the keep on the post. Set the master code and add user codes following the instructions, and test the lock with the gate open. Change the battery pack when the warning light shows; wipe the keypad with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need mains power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on the battery pack supplied, for up to 150,000 openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the insert lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The code lock is sold on its own; order the 40mm insert lock and the keep separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many codes can it hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 100 user codes, plus codes for permanently open and free exit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I open it without a code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the key in the cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a complete gate set with the insert lock and keep, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check every part with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971980894595,"sku":"SSHF-391235-01","price":1011.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/battery-code-lock-40mm-double-sided-school-playground-gate.jpg?v=1794090349"},{"product_id":"battery-powered-code-lock-40mm-profile","title":"Battery Powered Gate Code Lock for 40mm Box Section, Keypad One Side, Free Exit, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a battery-powered electronic code lock for gates made from 40mm box section, with a keypad on the outside only and a plain cover plate with a handle on the inside, so people need a code to get in but can always walk out freely.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no mains power and no cabling along the fence: a battery pack inside runs it for up to 150,000 openings. The slim black aluminium keypad bar carries a lever handle and a key cylinder, and up to 100 user codes can be added, changed or deleted at the keypad. It works with a 40mm insert lock set inside the gate stile; the code lock is sold on its own, so the insert lock and keep are ordered separately. The price shown is for one code lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAccess control without wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Running power to a gate in a fence line means trenching and an electrician. This lock runs on its battery pack, with a low battery warning light so it can be changed before it runs flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 100 codes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Give staff, residents or members their own codes and delete one when someone leaves, without changing the lock or handing out keys. Codes can also be set to hold the gate permanently open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree exit.\u003c\/strong\u003e With no keypad on the inside, anyone leaving just uses the handle, which suits gates where people should never be held in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keypad is LED lit for use after dark, rated IP66 against rain and dust, and the robust, vandal-resistant aluminium housing has a textured black finish. A key cylinder lets a caretaker open the gate without a code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at offices, depots and car parks, communal gardens, bin and bike stores at blocks of flats, sports clubs, church and village halls, and utility compounds, where several people need a code to get in but should always be able to walk out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne code lock with outside keypad and inside cover plate, lever handles, battery pack and key cylinder with keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box section, with a 40mm insert lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only; plain cover plate on the inside for free exit, LED illuminated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100 user codes; permanently open codes supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery pack included, up to 150,000 cycles; low battery warning light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeather rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHousing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, textured black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose the right battery code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-battery-powered-code-lock\"\u003eBattery code lock, 40mm, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/double-sided-code-lock-for-50mm-gates\"\u003eBattery code lock, 50mm, keypad both sides\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/battery-powered-code-lock-50mm-profiles\"\u003eBattery code lock, 50mm, keypad one side\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003eInsert lock for 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-keep-for-locks\"\u003eKeep for insert locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst match the gate: this lock is for 40mm box section and works with a 40mm insert lock. Then decide who needs a code. Choose this single keypad with a plain inside plate where people should always be able to walk out freely, and keypads on both sides where people must not be able to let themselves out, such as a nursery or play area. The code lock does not include the insert lock or the keep, so add both to your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the 40mm insert lock into the gate stile first, then mount the keypad bar on the outside face of the stile and the cover plate on the inside, connect the cable, fit the handles and the cylinder, and fit the keep on the post. Set the master code and add user codes following the instructions, and test the lock with the gate open. Change the battery pack when the warning light shows; wipe the keypad with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need mains power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on the battery pack supplied, for up to 150,000 openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan people get out without a code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inside has a plain cover plate and handle, so anyone leaving just uses the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the insert lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The code lock is sold on its own; order the 40mm insert lock and the keep separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many codes can it hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 100 user codes, plus codes for permanently open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For a complete gate set with the insert lock and keep, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check every part with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57971961889155,"sku":"SSHF-489539-01","price":822.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/battery-code-lock-40mm-single-sided-church-hall-side-gate.jpg?v=1794090459"},{"product_id":"premium-battery-powered-code-lock-1","title":"Surface Mounted Battery Gate Code Lock, Keypad Both Sides, 40-60mm Box Section, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a battery-powered electronic code lock for swing gates made from 40mm to 60mm box section, surface mounted in a satin silver aluminium case with a lit keypad on both sides of the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no mains power and no cabling: six lithium AA batteries, supplied, run it for up to 150,000 openings. Codes can be added, changed or removed at the keypad, the entrance and exit codes can be different, and a key cylinder gives a manual override. The self-latching bolt and deadbolt adjust by 20mm so they line up with the keep. The price shown is for one complete lock with handles; the keep is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeypad access without wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Running power along a fence line means trenching and an electrician. This lock is fitted straight onto the gate stile and runs on its batteries, with a low battery warning light so they can be changed in good time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl both directions.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a keypad on each side, the gate can need a code to get in and to get out, or be set to free exit. Different entrance and exit codes are possible, and codes can hold the gate permanently open for events or deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather and vandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each keypad sits under a hinged weather cover, the case is extremely strong, and the lock box has an E-coat finish tested to 1000 hours of salt spray to ISO 9227.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface mounted.\u003c\/strong\u003e The case bolts to the face of the stile, so there is no need to cut the gate for an insert lock. The bolts adjust by 20mm without taking the lock off, and push bars and code-controlled handles can be added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at schools and nurseries, communal gardens and bin stores at blocks of flats, pool and leisure areas, sports clubs, offices and depots, wherever several people need a code and the gate is made from square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne surface-mounted code lock with keypads on both sides, lever handles, key cylinder with keys, 6 lithium AA batteries, fixings and hex keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides, illuminated, under hinged weather covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd, change or remove at the keypad; different entrance and exit codes; permanently open codes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 lithium-metal AA batteries, supplied; up to 150,000 cycles; low battery light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverride\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey cylinder for unlocking and programming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching bolt and deadbolt, 20mm continuous adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, satin silver, E-coated, 1000 hours salt spray to ISO 9227\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e213mm x 120mm x 96mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel swing gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eindustrial keep for 40-60mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same lock in black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-battery-powered-code-lock-2\"\u003eSurface battery code lock, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this surface-mounted lock for square box-section gates from 40mm to 60mm where you want keypad access without cutting the gate for an insert lock. For a slimmer look on 40mm or 50mm gates, an insert lock with a battery keypad bar is the alternative. Order a keep for the post: the standard keep for everyday gates, or the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced. Pick satin silver or black to match the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt the lock to the face of the gate stile with the fixings supplied, fit the handles and the cylinder, and fit the keep on the post. Set the bolts with the 20mm adjustment so they reach fully into the keep. Fit the batteries, set the master code and add user codes following the instructions, and test with the gate open. Keep the weather covers closed when not in use and change the batteries when the warning light shows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need mains power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on six lithium AA batteries, which are supplied, for up to 150,000 openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the standard or security keep listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I open it without a code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the key in the cylinder, which also gives access to programming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat gates does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwing gates made from 40mm to 60mm square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57872192602499,"sku":"SSHF-038595-01","price":794.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/surface-battery-code-lock-silver-school-gate.jpg?v=1794090845"},{"product_id":"premium-battery-powered-code-lock-2","title":"Surface Mounted Battery Gate Code Lock, Keypad Both Sides, 40-60mm Box Section, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a battery-powered electronic code lock for swing gates made from 40mm to 60mm box section, surface mounted in a black aluminium case with a lit keypad on both sides of the gate.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no mains power and no cabling: six lithium AA batteries, supplied, run it for up to 150,000 openings. Codes can be added, changed or removed at the keypad, the entrance and exit codes can be different, and a key cylinder gives a manual override. The self-latching bolt and deadbolt adjust by 20mm so they line up with the keep. The price shown is for one complete lock with handles; the keep is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeypad access without wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Running power along a fence line means trenching and an electrician. This lock is fitted straight onto the gate stile and runs on its batteries, with a low battery warning light so they can be changed in good time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl both directions.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a keypad on each side, the gate can need a code to get in and to get out, or be set to free exit. Different entrance and exit codes are possible, and codes can hold the gate permanently open for events or deliveries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather and vandal resistant.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each keypad sits under a hinged weather cover, the case is extremely strong, and the lock box has an E-coat finish tested to 1000 hours of salt spray to ISO 9227.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSurface mounted.\u003c\/strong\u003e The case bolts to the face of the stile, so there is no need to cut the gate for an insert lock. The bolts adjust by 20mm without taking the lock off, and push bars and code-controlled handles can be added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at schools and nurseries, communal gardens and bin stores at blocks of flats, pool and leisure areas, sports clubs, offices and depots, wherever several people need a code and the gate is made from square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne surface-mounted code lock with keypads on both sides, lever handles, key cylinder with keys, 6 lithium AA batteries, fixings and hex keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoth sides, illuminated, under hinged weather covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCodes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd, change or remove at the keypad; different entrance and exit codes; permanently open codes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 lithium-metal AA batteries, supplied; up to 150,000 cycles; low battery light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverride\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey cylinder for unlocking and programming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching bolt and deadbolt, 20mm continuous adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black, E-coated, 1000 hours salt spray to ISO 9227\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e213mm x 120mm x 96mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel swing gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eindustrial keep for 40-60mm posts\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same lock in satin silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-battery-powered-code-lock-1\"\u003eSurface battery code lock, satin silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this surface-mounted lock for square box-section gates from 40mm to 60mm where you want keypad access without cutting the gate for an insert lock. For a slimmer look on 40mm or 50mm gates, an insert lock with a battery keypad bar is the alternative. Order a keep for the post: the standard keep for everyday gates, or the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced. Pick black or satin silver to match the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt the lock to the face of the gate stile with the fixings supplied, fit the handles and the cylinder, and fit the keep on the post. Set the bolts with the 20mm adjustment so they reach fully into the keep. Fit the batteries, set the master code and add user codes following the instructions, and test with the gate open. Keep the weather covers closed when not in use and change the batteries when the warning light shows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need mains power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on six lithium AA batteries, which are supplied, for up to 150,000 openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the standard or security keep listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I open it without a code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the key in the cylinder, which also gives access to programming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat gates does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwing gates made from 40mm to 60mm square box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57872161898883,"sku":"SSHF-071363-01","price":794.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/surface-battery-code-lock-black-communal-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794090877"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks","title":"Stainless Steel Security Keep for Surface Gate Locks, 40-60mm Posts, Anti-Pull, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a reinforced stainless steel security keep for surface-mounted gate locks, in black: it bolts to closing posts from 40mm to 60mm and has a patented stainless anchoring system that stops the gate being pulled out of the keep or forced with a crowbar.\u003c\/strong\u003e An adjustable stainless slam plate with a shock rubber takes the impact of the gate, it fixes with Quick-Fix bolts, suits square and round posts, and changes over for left or right-hand gates. The price shown is for one keep with its anchor pin and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a security keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops the gate being pulled open.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard keep only holds the bolts. Here the stainless anchoring catch locks the gate and keep together, so the gate cannot be dragged sideways off the bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResists crowbar attacks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced stainless body and anchoring system stop the usual attack of levering the gate away from the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-Fix mounting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep bolts to the post with Quick-Fix fixings, so there is no welding and far less drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable slam plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless slam plate with its shock rubber adjusts to the gate profile and cushions the gate as it closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the closing post of swing gates at schools, depots, utility compounds, car parks, sports grounds and blocks of flats, wherever a gate is likely to be forced or tampered with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne security keep, stainless anchor pin, slam plate with shock rubber, and Quick-Fix fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm, square or round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, easy to change over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced stainless steel with polyamide finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm x 54mm x 44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.71 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this keep suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar gates 10-30mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock for flat bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental, box section 40-60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-for-box-section\"\u003eLarge ornamental gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental, box section 30-40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-1\"\u003eSmall ornamental gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther keeps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same security keep in silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eSecurity keep, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEveryday gates, standard keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eIndustrial keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote release by keypad or intercom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the lock to the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the bolts meet the post, and bolt the keep in place with the Quick-Fix fixings so both bolts and the anchoring catch line up. Set the slam plate to the gate profile and check the day bolt latches and the deadbolt throws fully. Keep the openings free of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the security keep where a gate is likely to be forced; for everyday gates the standard industrial keep is enough. Pick black to match the lock and gate. Insert locks fitted inside the stile need an insert lock keep instead. If you are not sure which keep suits your lock and post, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it different from a standard keep?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds a stainless anchoring system that stops the gate being pulled out of the keep or levered open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit round posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It suits square and round posts from 40mm to 60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It changes over easily for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57870006681987,"sku":"SSHF-870147-01","price":49.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/security-gate-keep-black-flats-gate.jpg?v=1794109454"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep","title":"Stainless Steel Industrial Gate Keep for Surface Locks, 40-60mm Posts, Quick-Fix, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a stainless steel keep for surface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks on swing gates: it fixes to the gate post and takes the day bolt and deadbolt when the gate closes, with an aluminium stop plate and rubber strip that the gate closes against.\u003c\/strong\u003e It fits square and round posts from 40mm to 60mm, mounts with a Quick-Fix system and changes over for left or right-hand gates. Fitting a ready-made keep is much quicker than fabricating your own strike and gives a neater, stronger finish. The price shown is for one keep in black with its stop plate and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for the lock.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for our industrial gate locks and ornamental locks for swing gates, so both bolts line up with the slot and engage fully every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-Fix mounting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep clamps to the post with its Quick-Fix fixing, so there is far less drilling and no welding, and it can be set exactly where the bolts meet it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStop plate included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The aluminium stop plate with a rubber strip stops the gate in the right place and cushions it as it closes, so the lock is not used as a gate stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel with a polyamide surround resists rust on exposed and coastal sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the closing post of pedestrian and personnel swing gates at industrial estates, schools, parks, sports grounds, offices, blocks of flats and homes, paired with a surface-mounted industrial or ornamental gate lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne stainless keep with polyamide surround, aluminium stop plate with rubber strip, and Quick-Fix fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm, square or round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, easy to change over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-Fix mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with polyamide finish; aluminium stop plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (RAL 9005) with stainless steel bolt receiver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168mm x 48mm x 25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this keep suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar gates 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock for flat bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60-80mm, black, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 60-80mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther keeps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same keep in silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eIndustrial keep, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra protection against forcing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eSecurity keep, silver\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks\"\u003eblack\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing the keep to a wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-wall-fixation-set\"\u003eWall fixation set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote release by keypad or intercom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep\"\u003efail open\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this keep for most swing gates with a surface-mounted industrial or ornamental lock and a closing post from 40mm to 60mm. Pick black to match a black gate and lock, or the silver version for a silver lock or galvanised gate. Where the gate is likely to be forced, choose the security keep instead. Where the gate closes against a wall rather than a post, add the wall fixation set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the lock to the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the bolts meet the post, and fix the keep with its Quick-Fix fixings so the slot lines up with both bolts. Fit the stop plate so the gate closes against the rubber strip, then check the day bolt latches and the deadbolt throws fully. Wipe the keep clean now and then and keep the slot free of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the stop plate included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The aluminium stop plate with its rubber strip comes with the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit round posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It suits square and round posts from 40mm to 60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It changes over easily for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the keep suits your lock and post, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57869501399427,"sku":"SSHF-033987-01","price":35.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/industrial-gate-keep-black-church-gate.jpg?v=1794109866"},{"product_id":"premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1","title":"Stainless Steel Security Keep for Surface Gate Locks, 40-60mm Posts, Anti-Pull, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a reinforced stainless steel security keep for surface-mounted gate locks, in silver: it bolts to closing posts from 40mm to 60mm and has a patented stainless anchoring system that stops the gate being pulled out of the keep or forced with a crowbar.\u003c\/strong\u003e An adjustable stainless slam plate with a shock rubber takes the impact of the gate, it fixes with Quick-Fix bolts, suits square and round posts, and changes over for left or right-hand gates. The price shown is for one keep with its anchor pin and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a security keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops the gate being pulled open.\u003c\/strong\u003e A standard keep only holds the bolts. Here the stainless anchoring catch locks the gate and keep together, so the gate cannot be dragged sideways off the bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResists crowbar attacks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced stainless body and anchoring system stop the usual attack of levering the gate away from the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-Fix mounting.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keep bolts to the post with Quick-Fix fixings, so there is no welding and far less drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable slam plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless slam plate with its shock rubber adjusts to the gate profile and cushions the gate as it closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the closing post of swing gates at schools, depots, utility compounds, car parks, sports grounds and blocks of flats, wherever a gate is likely to be forced or tampered with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne security keep, stainless anchor pin, slam plate with shock rubber, and Quick-Fix fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm, square or round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits locks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted industrial and ornamental gate locks for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, easy to change over\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced stainless steel with polyamide finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190mm x 54mm x 44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.72 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks this keep suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar gates 10-30mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock for flat bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock 30-50mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental, box section 40-60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-for-box-section\"\u003eLarge ornamental gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrnamental, box section 30-40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-1\"\u003eSmall ornamental gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther keeps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same security keep in black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks\"\u003eSecurity keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEveryday gates, standard keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eIndustrial keep, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote release by keypad or intercom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the lock to the gate first. Close the gate, mark where the bolts meet the post, and bolt the keep in place with the Quick-Fix fixings so both bolts and the anchoring catch line up. Set the slam plate to the gate profile and check the day bolt latches and the deadbolt throws fully. Keep the openings free of grit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the security keep where a gate is likely to be forced; for everyday gates the standard industrial keep is enough. Pick silver to match the lock and gate. Insert locks fitted inside the stile need an insert lock keep instead. If you are not sure which keep suits your lock and post, send us a photo and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it different from a standard keep?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adds a stainless anchoring system that stops the gate being pulled out of the keep or levered open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit round posts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It suits square and round posts from 40mm to 60mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be used on a left-hand gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It changes over easily for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57869312033155,"sku":"SSHF-376323-01","price":46.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/security-gate-keep-silver-industrial-gate.jpg?v=1794109421"},{"product_id":"professional-anti-panic-lock-for-box-sections","title":"Anti-Panic Gate Lock for 40-60mm Box Section, Escape Side Always Opens, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an anti-panic gate lock for swing gates made from 40mm to 60mm box section: it locks the gate against people coming in, but anyone on the escape side can always open it with the handle, even when it has been locked with the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e That makes it the lock to use on emergency exit gates in fences round schools, workplaces, car parks and events, where the gate must be secure from outside and never trap anyone inside. The black aluminium case holds a stainless steel mechanism with a self-latching day bolt and a deadbolt, and it comes with a half lever handle for the escape side and a key cylinder. The price shown is for one lock; the keep is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an anti-panic lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlways opens from the escape side.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pressing the handle withdraws both the latch and the deadbolt, even when the gate has been locked with the key. In an emergency nobody has to find a key or a code to get out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure from outside.\u003c\/strong\u003e From the outside the gate stays locked: the deadbolt has a 23mm throw, set with one turn of the key, and the self-latching day bolt catches every time the gate closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable and reversible.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt adjusts by up to 20mm without taking the lock off the gate, so it can be set to reach the keep properly, and it can be changed over for a left or right-hand gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoor use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock box has an E-coat finish tested to 1000 hours of salt spray to ISO 9227, and the stainless steel mechanism is tested to 500,000 operations. A configuration certified to EN 179 is available from the maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmergency exit and escape gates in the perimeter fences of schools, factories, warehouses, depots and car parks, gates out of sports grounds, event and stadium compounds, and any secured area where people must always be able to get out without a key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne anti-panic lock with half lever handle, key cylinder with keys, fixing bolts and hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted, 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEscape side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf lever handle overrides the latch and deadbolt, even when locked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeadbolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23mm throw in one turn of the key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key operated, adjustable up to 20mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, tested to 500,000 operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black, E-coated, 1000 hours salt spray to ISO 9227; satin silver half handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160mm x 90mm x 31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.42 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel industrial keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks\"\u003eStainless steel security keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same lock in silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-anti-panic-lock-40-60mm\"\u003eAnti-panic gate lock, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep for remote release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eSurface mounted electric keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003egate safety cable for gates up to 500kg\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an anti-panic lock for any gate that is an escape route, where people inside must always be able to get out. If the gate only needs to be locked and is not an escape route, a standard surface-mounted lock is enough. Check the gate stile is 40mm to 60mm box section, and order the keep separately: the standard keep for most gates, the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced, or the electric keep where the gate must also be released from a door entry system. Where the gate is on a formal escape route, check the specification required for the site; an EN 179 certified configuration is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the gate stile with the bolts supplied, with the half handle on the escape side and the key cylinder on the outside. Fit the keep to the post so both bolts line up, then set the day bolt with the 20mm adjustment so it catches fully. Test that the handle opens the gate with the deadbolt locked before handing the gate over. Keep the bolts clean, and check the operation regularly as part of your fire exit checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan someone get out when the gate is locked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The handle on the escape side withdraws the latch and the deadbolt even when the gate has been locked with the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the standard, security or electric keep listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit left and right-hand gates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt can be changed over for left or right-hand opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I add a push bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock is made to work with the maker's push bar and push pad, which replace the half handle on the escape side. Call us if you need one with your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For escape gates on a larger site, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check the lock and keep for each gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57869031145859,"sku":"SSHF-409091-01","price":359.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/anti-panic-gate-lock-black-school-exit-gate.jpg?v=1794111494"},{"product_id":"premium-anti-panic-lock-40-60mm","title":"Anti-Panic Gate Lock for 40-60mm Box Section, Escape Side Always Opens, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an anti-panic gate lock for swing gates made from 40mm to 60mm box section: it locks the gate against people coming in, but anyone on the escape side can always open it with the handle, even when it has been locked with the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e That makes it the lock to use on emergency exit gates in fences round schools, workplaces, car parks and events, where the gate must be secure from outside and never trap anyone inside. The satin silver aluminium case holds a stainless steel mechanism with a self-latching day bolt and a deadbolt, and it comes with a half lever handle for the escape side and a key cylinder. The price shown is for one lock; the keep is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use an anti-panic lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlways opens from the escape side.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pressing the handle withdraws both the latch and the deadbolt, even when the gate has been locked with the key. In an emergency nobody has to find a key or a code to get out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure from outside.\u003c\/strong\u003e From the outside the gate stays locked: the deadbolt has a 23mm throw, set with one turn of the key, and the self-latching day bolt catches every time the gate closes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable and reversible.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt adjusts by up to 20mm without taking the lock off the gate, so it can be set to reach the keep properly, and it can be changed over for a left or right-hand gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoor use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock box has an E-coat finish tested to 1000 hours of salt spray to ISO 9227, and the stainless steel mechanism is tested to 500,000 operations. A configuration certified to EN 179 is available from the maker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmergency exit and escape gates in the perimeter fences of schools, factories, warehouses, depots and car parks, gates out of sports grounds, event and stadium compounds, and any secured area where people must always be able to get out without a key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne anti-panic lock with half lever handle, key cylinder with keys, fixing bolts and hex key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm to 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted, 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEscape side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf lever handle overrides the latch and deadbolt, even when locked\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeadbolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23mm throw in one turn of the key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key operated, adjustable up to 20mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, tested to 500,000 operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, satin silver, E-coated, 1000 hours salt spray to ISO 9227\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160mm x 90mm x 31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel swing gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep for remote release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eSurface mounted electric keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003egate safety cable for gates up to 500kg\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an anti-panic lock for any gate that is an escape route, where people inside must always be able to get out. If the gate only needs to be locked and is not an escape route, a standard surface-mounted lock is enough. Check the gate stile is 40mm to 60mm box section, and order the keep separately: the standard keep for most gates, the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced, or the electric keep where the gate must also be released from a door entry system. Where the gate is on a formal escape route, check the specification required for the site; an EN 179 certified configuration is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the gate stile with the bolts supplied, with the half handle on the escape side and the key cylinder on the outside. Fit the keep to the post so both bolts line up, then set the day bolt with the 20mm adjustment so it catches fully. Test that the handle opens the gate with the deadbolt locked before handing the gate over. Keep the bolts clean, and check the operation regularly as part of your fire exit checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan someone get out when the gate is locked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The handle on the escape side withdraws the latch and the deadbolt even when the gate has been locked with the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the standard, security or electric keep listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit left and right-hand gates?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt can be changed over for left or right-hand opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I add a push bar?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock is made to work with the maker's push bar and push pad, which replace the half handle on the escape side. Call us if you need one with your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For escape gates on a larger site, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will check the lock and keep for each gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57868827230595,"sku":"SSHF-507395-01","price":359.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/anti-panic-gate-lock-silver-exit-gate.jpg?v=1794089683"},{"product_id":"premium-adjustable-rollerbolt-for-gates","title":"Stainless Steel Rollerbolt for Surface Mounted Gate Locks, Smooth Closing, Adjustable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis stainless steel rollerbolt replaces the standard chamfered tip on the self-latching bolt of a surface-mounted swing gate lock, so the gate rolls shut into the keep instead of scraping.\u003c\/strong\u003e A black roller on a stainless pin meets the keep first, which makes the gate close more smoothly and with less force, and stops the latch wearing a groove in the keep over time. A bolt adjustment hole lets you fine-tune how far the latch reaches. It suits the surface-mounted locks from the same maker, including the mechanical code locks. The price shown is for one rollerbolt with its two screws; the minimum order is 5.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fit a rollerbolt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasier closing.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plain chamfered latch has to slide across the keep as the gate swings shut, so a light gate can bounce back open and a heavy one needs a push. The roller turns as it meets the keep, so the latch drops in cleanly, even with a gate closer or a self-closing hinge doing the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLess wear on the keep and latch.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rolling contact instead of sliding contact means the keep plate and the latch tip last longer, and there is less chance of the finish being worn through to bare metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFine adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bolt adjustment hole lets you set the reach of the latch accurately, so it catches the keep properly on gates that have dropped slightly or have an uneven gap to the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body and pin are stainless steel, so the rollerbolt stands up to rain and does not rust onto the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelf-closing pedestrian gates at schools, parks, play areas and pool enclosures, communal and garden gates, and any swing gate fitted with a surface-mounted lock where the latch drags on the keep or the gate does not shut first time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne rollerbolt and two fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe self-latching bolt of surface-mounted swing gate locks from the same maker, including the mechanical code locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and pin, black roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm long x 15.8mm wide x 16mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolt adjustment hole for fine tuning the latch reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.02 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-sided mechanical code lock, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-sided-mechanical-code-lock\"\u003eTwo-sided mechanical code lock, 30-50mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-sided mechanical code lock, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-code-lock-1\"\u003eSilver version\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther surface-mounted gate locks from the same range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eSurface-mounted gate locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit a rollerbolt when the latch of a surface-mounted lock scrapes on the keep, the gate bounces open instead of latching, or a self-closing gate needs a firm push to shut. It replaces only the tip of the self-latching bolt; it does not change the deadbolt or the lock's security. Check that your lock is a surface-mounted swing gate lock from the same maker, as the rollerbolt is made to fit their latch bolt. Insert locks fitted inside the gate profile use a different latch and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the gate so you can reach the latch bolt. Remove the standard chamfered tip, fit the rollerbolt in its place with the two screws supplied, and use the adjustment hole to set the latch reach so it catches fully in the keep. Close the gate a few times to check it latches every time. Keep the roller clean of grit, and a drop of light oil on the pin once a year keeps it turning freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price for one rollerbolt?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The price is for one rollerbolt with two screws. The minimum order is 5, which covers several gates or spares.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit any gate lock?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for the surface-mounted swing gate locks from the same maker, including the mechanical code locks listed above. Other makes of lock have different latch bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it make the lock less secure?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It only changes the tip of the self-latching bolt. The deadbolt and the code or key operation are unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. If you are unsure whether it fits your lock, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk with a photo of the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57868273254787,"sku":"SSHF-966147-01","price":14.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-rollerbolt-fitting-on-latch.jpg?v=1794087795"},{"product_id":"premium-security-shroud-surface-mounted-locks","title":"Security Shroud for Surface Gate Locks, Free Exit, Black Polyamide, 40-60mm Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a black polyamide security hood that fits over the inside of a surface-mounted gate lock with a single euro cylinder, the free-exit side where the handle, knob or push plate is.\u003c\/strong\u003e It stops anyone reaching through mesh, bars or over the gate from outside to work the handle and let themselves in, while people inside can still open the gate freely. The cut-out in the back of the hood lines up with the cylinder, so the lock can still be serviced. The hood is made of tough black polyamide with a matt finish and fits gates made from 40mm, 50mm or 60mm box section. The price shown is for one shroud; the lock is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a security shroud\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops reach-through.\u003c\/strong\u003e On mesh and railing gates a free-exit handle can be reached from outside. The deep hood puts the handle out of reach of an arm through the infill, so the free exit stays free only for people inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree exit kept.\u003c\/strong\u003e The open front lets people inside use a lever handle, a round knob, a child-safe knob or the push plate set on the inside as normal, so the gate still meets the need for a quick way out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTough and weatherproof.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black polyamide does not rust or need painting, and stands up to knocks, frost and sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits three gate sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacer plates and trims are supplied for 40mm, 50mm and 60mm gate profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh and railing gates at schools, nurseries and play areas, bin and cycle stores at blocks of flats, sports grounds, depots and utility compounds, wherever a free-exit lock could be opened by reaching through from outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShroud hood, aluminium mounting plate, trims for 40, 50 and 60mm gates, fixing bolts and hex keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface-mounted gate locks with a single euro cylinder and free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks with a lever handle, a round knob, a child-safe knob or the push plate set on the inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm, 50mm and 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyamide, matt black (RAL 9005)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e184mm long x 150mm wide x 136mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe lock and handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks and accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial gate lock, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush plate set for the inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-push-set\"\u003ePush plate set for the inside\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShroud for single-sided code locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-security-shroud-for-code-lock\"\u003eShroud for single-sided code locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this shroud for surface locks opened with a key from outside and a handle, knob or push plate from inside. For single-sided mechanical code locks, choose the code lock shroud, which also covers the top of the lock. Both shrouds fit 40mm, 50mm and 60mm gates. Fit the shroud on the inside of the gate only. If you are not sure the shroud suits your lock, send us a photo of the lock and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake the inside handle off the lock, fit the mounting plate and the spacer plates for your gate size, then fix the hood with the bolts supplied and refit the handle inside the hood. Check the handle moves freely and the latch springs back. Wipe the hood with warm soapy water; do not paint it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The shroud is sold on its own and fits onto a suitable lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan people inside still get out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front of the hood is open, so the inside handle works as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size of gate does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates made from 40mm, 50mm or 60mm box section. Spacers for all three are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57867581424003,"sku":"SSHF-621507-01","price":105.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-lock-security-shroud-school-gate.jpg?v=1794107348"},{"product_id":"premium-security-shroud-for-code-lock","title":"Security Shroud for Single-Sided Gate Code Locks, Free Exit, Black Polyamide, 40-60mm Gates","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a black polyamide security hood that fits over the inside of a single-sided mechanical gate code lock, the free-exit side where the handle or push plate is.\u003c\/strong\u003e It stops anyone reaching through mesh, bars or over the gate from outside to work the handle and let themselves in, while people inside can still open the gate freely. A separate top cover sits over the lock body, so the whole inside of the lock is enclosed. The hood is made of tough black polyamide with a matt finish and fits gates made from 40mm, 50mm or 60mm box section. The price shown is for one shroud; the lock is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a security shroud\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStops reach-through.\u003c\/strong\u003e On mesh and railing gates a free-exit handle can be reached from outside. The deep hood puts the handle out of reach of an arm through the infill, so the free exit stays free only for people inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree exit kept.\u003c\/strong\u003e The open front lets people inside use the lever handle or the push plate set on the inside as normal, so the gate still meets the need for a quick way out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTough and weatherproof.\u003c\/strong\u003e Black polyamide does not rust or need painting, and stands up to knocks, frost and sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits three gate sizes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Spacer plates and trims are supplied for 40mm, 50mm and 60mm gate profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMesh and railing gates at schools, nurseries and play areas, bin and cycle stores at blocks of flats, sports grounds, depots and utility compounds, wherever a free-exit lock could be opened by reaching through from outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShroud hood, top cover, aluminium mounting plate, spacer plates and trims for 40, 50 and 60mm gates, fixing bolts and hex keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided mechanical code locks with free exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks with the lever handle or the push plate set on the inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm, 50mm and 60mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyamide, matt black (RAL 9005)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215mm long x 147mm wide x 141mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.81 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe lock and handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLocks and accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided code lock, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-code-lock\"\u003eSingle-sided code lock, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided code lock, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-code-lock-box-section\"\u003eSingle-sided code lock, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush plate set for the inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminium-push-set\"\u003ePush plate set for the inside\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShroud for surface key locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-security-shroud-surface-mounted-locks\"\u003eShroud for surface key locks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this shroud for single-sided mechanical code locks, where the code is entered outside and people leave freely from inside. For a surface lock opened with a key outside and a handle or knob inside, choose the surface lock shroud instead. Both shrouds fit 40mm, 50mm and 60mm gates. Fit the shroud on the inside of the gate only. If you are not sure the shroud suits your lock, send us a photo of the lock and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake the inside handle off the lock, fit the mounting plate and the spacer plates for your gate size, then fix the hood with the bolts supplied and refit the handle inside the hood. Check the handle moves freely and the latch springs back. Wipe the hood with warm soapy water; do not paint it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the lock included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The shroud is sold on its own and fits onto a suitable lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan people inside still get out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front of the hood is open, so the inside handle works as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size of gate does it fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eGates made from 40mm, 50mm or 60mm box section. Spacers for all three are supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57867500814723,"sku":"SSHF-719811-01","price":105.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/gate-code-lock-security-shroud-bin-store-gate.jpg?v=1794107316"},{"product_id":"40mm-insert-lock-kit-with-2m-box-section-profiles","title":"Insert Gate Lock Kit for 40mm Box Section, with 2 x 2m Pre-Cut Profiles, Handles, Keep and Cylinder, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete insert gate lock kit for 40mm box section gates, supplied with two 2m lengths of box section already cut and drilled to take the lock and keep.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hard measuring and slotting is done for you. Weld the two profiles into your gate and post, slide in the lock, and fit the handles. The price shown is for one complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne insert lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo aluminium cover plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne cylinder with keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne aluminium handle set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne stainless steel keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo 2000mm profiled 40 x 40 x 2.5mm box sections, one prepared for the lock and one for the keep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose this kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe profiling is already done.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting a clean slot and accurate holes in box section is the slowest and most error prone part of fitting an insert lock. Here the handle hole, cylinder slot, fixing holes and keep recess are all made for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe lock sits inside the frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e An insert lock disappears into the box section, leaving only the handles and slim cover plates on view, which looks far neater than a surface box on a gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA matched set.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock, keep, plates, handles, cylinder and profiles are bought together, so there is no working out which parts suit each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinished in black.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit is powder coated black RAL 9005, so it suits a black gate straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates in 40mm box section around commercial premises, schools, housing, plant rooms, bin stores and domestic side gates, wherever a keyed lock needs to be built neatly into the steelwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates built in 40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black RAL 9005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover plates and handles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeep\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox section supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 2000mm, 40 x 40mm, 2.5mm wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock profile, top to first fixing hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e968mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock profile, bottom to lower fixing hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle hole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm, through both faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 3.25mm, through both faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder slot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR10 ends, 92mm below the handle hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeep recess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e196 x 24mm, starting 950mm from the top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated gate hardware\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYou want\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA kit for 40mm box section with 2m profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same idea for 50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/50mm-insert-lock-kit-with-2m-box-section-profiles\"\u003e50mm insert lock kit with 2m profiles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA lower cost 40mm frame kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/gate-lock-frame-kit-40mm-box-section\"\u003eGate lock frame kit, 40mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA safety cable for the swing gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eStainless steel safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecide which way the gate opens, and set the lock profile into the gate frame and the keep profile into the post or meeting stile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld the profiles in place, keeping heat and spatter away from the prepared openings. The box section has a welded seam along one face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the lock into its opening and secure it through the fixing holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the cylinder, cover plates and handle set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the keep to its recess, then close the gate and adjust until the lock engages cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend a safety cable on all swing gates. Dimensions are for guidance and components may vary slightly from the sizes shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the price?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything in the list above: lock, cover plates, cylinder, handles, keep and both 2m profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it on a 50mm gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is for 40mm box section. See the 50mm kit in the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the profiles be cut shorter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the plain lengths above and below the openings can be trimmed to suit the height of your gate. Measure from the openings so that the lock ends up at a comfortable handle height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this one kit for one gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One kit has one lock and one keep, for one gate leaf meeting a post or second leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online, with Express UK Delivery to your site. Please check that the delivery address can take a 2m length. For a larger job or a mixed order, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57858518188419,"sku":"SSHF-943427-01","price":357.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-gate-lock-kit-40mm-black-scene.jpg?v=1794139988"},{"product_id":"50mm-insert-lock-kit-with-2m-box-section-profiles","title":"Insert Gate Lock Kit with 2 x 2m Box Section, 50mm, Black RAL 9005","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete lock kit for building a gate from 50mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e It includes two 2000mm lengths of box section already profiled to take the lock and keep, along with the lock, handle set, cylinder, two cover plates and a stainless steel keep, all in black. The price is for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated black, RAL 9005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 2000mm, profiled for lock and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, 2 aluminium cover plates, cylinder, aluminium handle set, stainless steel keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo cutting out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sections are already profiled for the lock and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll in one order.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lock, handles, cylinder, keep and section all come together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatching black.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything is finished in RAL 9005.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal, aluminium and PVC gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomestic and commercial pedestrian gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn gate lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the kit to the size of your gate frame. The box section kit also includes two 2m lengths already profiled for the lock and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-to-suit-50mm-box-section-30mm-backset\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-50mm-box-section-stainless-mechanism\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-40mm-box-section-powder-coated\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit with 2 x 2m box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeld or fix the profiled sections into your gate and post, then fit the lock, cover plates, handles, cylinder and keep. A safety cable is recommended on all swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock, two aluminium cover plates, a cylinder, an aluminium handle set, a stainless steel keep and two 2000mm profiled box sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the section already cut out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is profiled to suit the lock and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003ePowder coated black, RAL 9005.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a safety cable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eA safety cable is recommended on all swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57858468053379,"sku":"SSHF-680131-01","price":420.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-gate-lock-kit-with-2-x-2m-box-section-50mm-black-ral-9005-in-use.jpg?v=1794162741"},{"product_id":"insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section-black-handles","title":"Insert Lock Kit for 60mm Box Section Gates, Black Handles, Cylinder and Keep","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a complete insert lock kit for gates made from 60mm box section: a lock with a 100% stainless steel mechanism that fits inside the gate stile, a matt black aluminium handle set, two black aluminium cover plates, a euro cylinder with keys, and a stainless steel keep for the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock throws a stainless hook as well as a self-latching day bolt, so with the keep the gate is held tight to the post and the leaf cannot be pulled away or forced open. The black powder coat (RAL 9005) suits black and dark grey gates. It suits metal, aluminium and PVC gates, and the kit gives you everything for one gate in one order. The price shown is for one complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook bolt security.\u003c\/strong\u003e A stainless steel hook with a 21mm throw locks into the keep and grips it, so the gate cannot be levered away from the post, which is the usual way to force a gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The self-latching day bolt catches as the gate closes and can be locked with the key. It changes over for left or right-hand gates and adjusts continuously by up to 10mm without taking the lock out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A click-in fixing holds the lock in the profile, so there is no need to tap threads into the box section; once the profile is cut, the lock goes in in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanism, hook, faceplate and latch bolt are stainless steel, and a cover plate keeps dirt out of the mechanism, so it keeps working on exposed gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at offices, schools, sports grounds, blocks of flats, industrial units and homes, in steel or aluminium 60mm box section, where a neat hidden lock with handles and a key is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock, black aluminium handle set, two black aluminium cover plates, euro cylinder with keys, stainless steel keep and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm box section gates in steel, aluminium or PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle to cylinder centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 21mm throw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, adjustable up to 10mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% stainless steel, with cover plate against dirt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuro profile; the lock takes any euro profile cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coated handles and cover plates (RAL 9005); stainless steel faceplate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220mm x 57mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.66 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe lock only, for your own handles and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis kit with two pre-cut 2m profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-locking-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm with profiles, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same kit in silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-handles-for-insert-locks\"\u003eBlack handle pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocks for smaller box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this kit for a gate stile in 60mm box section when you want the lock, handles, cylinder and keep together. If you are building the gate and want the stile ready cut for the lock, choose the kit with two pre-cut 2m profiles. If you already have handles and a keep, the lock-only version is cheaper. Choose black for black and dark grey gates, or the silver kit for galvanised and light-coloured gates. For 40mm or 50mm box section, choose the matching smaller lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the opening for the lock in the gate stile and drill the handle and cylinder holes at 92mm centres, click the lock into the profile, then fit the cylinder, handles and cover plates. Fit the keep on the post so the hook and day bolt engage fully, and set the day bolt with its adjustment. We recommend a safety cable on every swing gate. Wipe the faceplate clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes a stainless steel keep for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit 50mm box section?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is for 60mm box section; choose the 50mm or 40mm lock for smaller profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit a different cylinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lock takes any euro profile cylinder, including keyed-alike cylinders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the kit suits your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57858276950403,"sku":"SSHF-745667-01","price":204.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-kit-60mm-black-house-gate.jpg?v=1794107652"},{"product_id":"insert-lock-kit-50mm-box-section-stainless-mechanism","title":"Insert Gate Lock Kit for 50mm Box Section, 30mm Backset, Black, Stainless Mechanism","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete insert lock kit for gates made from 50mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a 30mm backset and a stainless steel mechanism, and comes with the handle set, cylinder, two cover plates and a stainless steel keep. The self-latching bolt and hook hold the gate leaves together so they cannot be pulled apart. The price is for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, including hook, front plate and latch bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epowder coated black, RAL 9005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook throw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder to handle centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjusts up to 10mm without removing the lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, changed easily\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuroprofile, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, 2 aluminium cover plates, cylinder, aluminium handle set, stainless steel keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHolds the gate closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless hook and adjustable latch bolt lock into the keep, so the leaves cannot be forced apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock clips into the profile, with no need to tap threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt adjusts by up to 10mm with the lock still in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal, aluminium and PVC gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomestic and commercial pedestrian gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn gate lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the kit to the size of your gate frame. The box section kit also includes two 2m lengths already profiled for the lock and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-to-suit-50mm-box-section-30mm-backset\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-40mm-box-section-powder-coated\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit with 2 x 2m box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/50mm-insert-lock-kit-with-2m-box-section-profiles\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCut the opening in the 50mm section to suit the lock, clip the lock in, and fit the cover plates, handles, cylinder and keep. Check the bolt lines up with the keep, then adjust the day bolt. A safety cable is recommended on all swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock, two aluminium cover plates, a cylinder, an aluminium handle set and a stainless steel keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for 50mm box section, and fits metal, aluminium and PVC gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I change the hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the self-latching day bolt can easily be changed between left and right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it take a standard cylinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it takes any Europrofile cylinder, and one is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57858057306499,"sku":"SSHF-073347-01","price":189.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-gate-lock-kit-for-50mm-box-section-30mm-backset-black-stainless-in-use.jpg?v=1794162773"},{"product_id":"insert-lock-kit-40mm-box-section-powder-coated","title":"Insert Gate Lock Kit for 40mm Box Section, 20mm Backset, Black, Stainless Mechanism","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete insert lock kit for gates made from 40mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a 20mm backset and a stainless steel mechanism, and comes with the handle set, cylinder, two cover plates and a stainless steel keep. The self-latching bolt and hook hold the gate leaves together so they cannot be pulled apart. The price is for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, including hook, front plate and latch bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003epowder coated black, RAL 9005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook throw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder to handle centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjusts up to 10mm without removing the lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, changed easily\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuroprofile, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, 2 aluminium cover plates, cylinder, aluminium handle set, stainless steel keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHolds the gate closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless hook and adjustable latch bolt lock into the keep, so the leaves cannot be forced apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock clips into the profile, with no need to tap threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt adjusts by up to 10mm with the lock still in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal, aluminium and PVC gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomestic and commercial pedestrian gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn gate lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the kit to the size of your gate frame. The box section kit also includes two 2m lengths already profiled for the lock and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-to-suit-50mm-box-section-30mm-backset\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-50mm-box-section-stainless-mechanism\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit with 2 x 2m box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/50mm-insert-lock-kit-with-2m-box-section-profiles\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCut the opening in the 40mm section to suit the lock, clip the lock in, and fit the cover plates, handles, cylinder and keep. Check the bolt lines up with the keep, then adjust the day bolt. A safety cable is recommended on all swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock, two aluminium cover plates, a cylinder, an aluminium handle set and a stainless steel keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for 40mm box section, and fits metal, aluminium and PVC gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I change the hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the self-latching day bolt can easily be changed between left and right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it take a standard cylinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it takes any Europrofile cylinder, and one is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57857884258691,"sku":"SSHF-958083-01","price":165.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-gate-lock-kit-for-40mm-box-section-20mm-backset-black-stainless-in-use.jpg?v=1794162713"},{"product_id":"professional-industrial-gate-lock","title":"Industrial Gate Lock for 10-30mm Flat Bar Gates, Silver with Aluminium Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a heavy-duty surface-mounted gate lock for swing gates made from 10mm to 30mm flat bar, in silver with satin silver anodised aluminium U-shaped lever handles: a self-latching day bolt that catches every time the gate closes, and a solid stainless steel deadbolt thrown 23mm by one turn of the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e It bolts to the face of the gate stile, so the gate does not need to be cut, and the E-coated lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours, so it stands up to exposed industrial, school and public sites. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches and locks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt latches as the gate closes and can also be key-locked, while one turn of the key throws the stainless deadbolt 23mm into the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bolts adjust continuously by up to 20mm without taking the lock box off, so the lock can be set to reach the keep exactly as the gate settles. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws mounts it on the face of the stile, with no cutting into the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock box is E-coated to ISO 9227 and tested to 1000 hours of salt spray, with a stainless steel mechanism inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and personnel gates in 10mm to 30mm flat bar at industrial estates, schools, parks, sports grounds, offices, blocks of flats and homes, wherever a keyed lock with a latch is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne lock with satin silver anodised aluminium U-shaped lever handles, euro cylinder with keys and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm to 30mm flat bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted, 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeadbolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 23mm throw in one turn of the key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 20mm, without removing the lock box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE-coated to ISO 9227, 1000 hours salt spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel swing gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep for keypad or intercom release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep\"\u003efail open\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther profiles and finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, flat bar 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 30-50mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60-80mm, black, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 60-80mm, black, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60-80mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-lock-for-box-sections\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 60-80mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the gate stile: this one is for 10mm to 30mm flat bar. Versions are available for flat bar from 10mm to 30mm, and for box section from 30mm to 50mm and 60mm to 80mm, in black with ornate or aluminium handles, or silver. Order a keep for the post: the standard keep for most gates, the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced, or an electric keep for remote release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the face of the gate stile through the four holes with the screws supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, and fit the keep on the post so both bolts engage fully. Set the bolts with the 20mm adjustment, and fit a safety cable if the gate swings. Keep the bolts clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a standard, security or electric keep from the list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be swapped to the other hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit coastal sites?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours and the mechanism is stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57845764424067,"sku":"SSHF-178243-01","price":165.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/industrial-gate-lock-10-30mm-flat-silver-business-park-gate.jpg?v=1794111796"},{"product_id":"industrial-gate-lock-adjustable-bolt","title":"Industrial Gate Lock for 30-50mm Box Section, Silver with Aluminium Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a heavy-duty surface-mounted gate lock for swing gates made from 30mm to 50mm square box section, in silver with satin silver anodised aluminium U-shaped lever handles: a self-latching day bolt that catches every time the gate closes, and a solid stainless steel deadbolt thrown 23mm by one turn of the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e It bolts to the face of the gate stile, so the gate does not need to be cut, and the E-coated lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours, so it stands up to exposed industrial, school and public sites. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches and locks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt latches as the gate closes and can also be key-locked, while one turn of the key throws the stainless deadbolt 23mm into the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bolts adjust continuously by up to 20mm without taking the lock box off, so the lock can be set to reach the keep exactly as the gate settles. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws mounts it on the face of the stile, with no cutting into the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock box is E-coated to ISO 9227 and tested to 1000 hours of salt spray, with a stainless steel mechanism inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian and personnel gates in 30mm to 50mm square box section at industrial estates, schools, parks, sports grounds, offices, blocks of flats and homes, wherever a keyed lock with a latch is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne lock with satin silver anodised aluminium U-shaped lever handles, euro cylinder with keys and fixing screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm to 50mm square box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted, 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeadbolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 23mm throw in one turn of the key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 20mm, without removing the lock box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE-coated to ISO 9227, 1000 hours salt spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-swing-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel swing gate keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks-1\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep for keypad or intercom release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep\"\u003efail open\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable, 300mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther profiles and finishes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat bar 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, flat bar 10-30mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/industrial-gate-lock-box-sections-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 30-50mm, black, ornate handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60-80mm, black, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 60-80mm, black, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 60-80mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-gate-lock-for-box-sections\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock, box section 60-80mm, silver, aluminium handles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the gate stile: this one is for 30mm to 50mm square box section. Versions are available for flat bar from 10mm to 30mm, and for box section from 30mm to 50mm and 60mm to 80mm, in black with ornate or aluminium handles, or silver. Order a keep for the post: the standard keep for most gates, the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced, or an electric keep for remote release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the face of the gate stile through the four holes with the screws supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, and fit the keep on the post so both bolts engage fully. Set the bolts with the 20mm adjustment, and fit a safety cable if the gate swings. Keep the bolts clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a standard, security or electric keep from the list above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be swapped to the other hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it suit coastal sites?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours and the mechanism is stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check the lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57837860749699,"sku":"SSHF-048003-01","price":165.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/industrial-gate-lock-30-50mm-silver-builders-yard.jpg?v=1794100184"},{"product_id":"premium-insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section","title":"Insert Lock Kit for 60mm Box Section Gates, Silver Handles, Cylinder and Keep","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a complete insert lock kit for gates made from 60mm box section: a lock with a 100% stainless steel mechanism that fits inside the gate stile, a satin silver aluminium handle set, two aluminium cover plates, a euro cylinder with keys, and a stainless steel keep for the post.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock throws a stainless hook as well as a self-latching day bolt, so with the keep the gate is held tight to the post and the leaf cannot be pulled away or forced open. It suits metal, aluminium and PVC gates, and the kit gives you everything for one gate in one order. The price shown is for one complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook bolt security.\u003c\/strong\u003e A stainless steel hook with a 21mm throw locks into the keep and grips it, so the gate cannot be levered away from the post, which is the usual way to force a gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The self-latching day bolt catches as the gate closes and can be locked with the key. It changes over for left or right-hand gates and adjusts continuously by up to 10mm without taking the lock out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A click-in fixing holds the lock in the profile, so there is no need to tap threads into the box section; once the profile is cut, the lock goes in in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanism, hook, faceplate and latch bolt are stainless steel, and a cover plate keeps dirt out of the mechanism, so it keeps working on exposed gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at offices, schools, sports grounds, blocks of flats, industrial units and homes, in steel or aluminium 60mm box section, where a neat hidden lock with handles and a key is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock, aluminium handle set, two aluminium cover plates, euro cylinder with keys, stainless steel keep and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm box section gates in steel, aluminium or PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle to cylinder centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 21mm throw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, adjustable up to 10mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% stainless steel, with cover plate against dirt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuro profile; the lock takes any euro profile cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin silver handles and cover plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220mm x 57mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.66 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe lock only, for your own handles and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-60mm-box-section\"\u003eInsert lock for 60mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis kit with two pre-cut 2m profiles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-lock-kit-60mm-box\"\u003eInsert lock kit 60mm with profiles, silver\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-locking-kit-60mm-box-section\"\u003eblack\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement handles or cover plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/anodized-aluminium-handles-for-insert-locks-1\"\u003eSilver handle pair\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-aluminum-cover-shield-for-mortise-locks\"\u003esilver cover shield pair\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocks for smaller box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-50mm-box-section\"\u003e50mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003e40mm insert lock\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this kit for a gate stile in 60mm box section when you want the lock, handles, cylinder and keep together. If you are building the gate and want the stile ready cut for the lock, choose the kit with two pre-cut 2m profiles. If you already have handles and a keep, the lock-only version is cheaper. For 40mm or 50mm box section, choose the matching smaller lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut the opening for the lock in the gate stile and drill the handle and cylinder holes at 92mm centres, click the lock into the profile, then fit the cylinder, handles and cover plates. Fit the keep on the post so the hook and day bolt engage fully, and set the day bolt with its adjustment. We recommend a safety cable on every swing gate. Wipe the faceplate clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes a stainless steel keep for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit 50mm box section?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is for 60mm box section; choose the 50mm or 40mm lock for smaller profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I fit a different cylinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lock takes any euro profile cylinder, including keyed-alike cylinders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the kit suits your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57814376743299,"sku":"SSHF-982147-01","price":204.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-kit-60mm-box-section-office-gate.jpg?v=1794100761"},{"product_id":"insert-lock-kit-to-suit-50mm-box-section-30mm-backset","title":"Insert Gate Lock Kit for 50mm Box Section, 30mm Backset, Silver, Stainless Mechanism","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete insert lock kit for gates made from 50mm box section.\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a 30mm backset and a stainless steel mechanism, and comes with the handle set, cylinder, two cover plates and a stainless steel keep. The self-latching bolt and hook hold the gate leaves together so they cannot be pulled apart. The price is for one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, including hook, front plate and latch bolt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esilver finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook throw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder to handle centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjusts up to 10mm without removing the lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right, changed easily\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuroprofile, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock, 2 aluminium cover plates, cylinder, aluminium handle set, stainless steel keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy it works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHolds the gate closed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stainless hook and adjustable latch bolt lock into the keep, so the leaves cannot be forced apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock clips into the profile, with no need to tap threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt adjusts by up to 10mm with the lock still in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal, aluminium and PVC gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDomestic and commercial pedestrian gates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a worn gate lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the kit to the size of your gate frame. The box section kit also includes two 2m lengths already profiled for the lock and keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChoose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThis one\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-50mm-box-section-stainless-mechanism\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/insert-lock-kit-40mm-box-section-powder-coated\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm section, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLock kit with 2 x 2m box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/50mm-insert-lock-kit-with-2m-box-section-profiles\"\u003eView\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCut the opening in the 50mm section to suit the lock, clip the lock in, and fit the cover plates, handles, cylinder and keep. Check the bolt lines up with the keep, then adjust the day bolt. A safety cable is recommended on all swing gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock, two aluminium cover plates, a cylinder, an aluminium handle set and a stainless steel keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my gate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for 50mm box section, and fits metal, aluminium and PVC gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I change the hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the self-latching day bolt can easily be changed between left and right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it take a standard cylinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it takes any Europrofile cylinder, and one is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOrder online for Express UK Delivery, with same-day dispatch on orders placed before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For larger quantities, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk and we will confirm stock and delivery before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57814245671299,"sku":"SSHF-080451-01","price":186.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-gate-lock-kit-for-50mm-box-section-30mm-backset-silver-stainles-in-use.jpg?v=1794162713"},{"product_id":"premium-ornamental-gate-lock","title":"Ornamental Gate Lock for 10-30mm Flat Bar Gates, Black, Twisted Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is an ornamental gate lock for swing gates made from 10mm to 30mm flat bar: a black lock box with shaped corners, twisted black lever handles on flower-shaped roses, a self-latching day bolt and a solid stainless steel deadbolt thrown 23mm by one turn of the key.\u003c\/strong\u003e It bolts to the face of the gate stile, so the gate does not need to be cut, and it gives wrought iron style gates a traditional look with modern security. The housing is aluminium with a stainless steel mechanism, and the E-coated lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours. The price shown is for one lock with handles, cylinder and keys; the keep for the post is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for ornamental gates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The shaped lock box, twisted handles and decorative roses suit wrought iron style gates at period houses, estates and new homes, where a plain industrial lock would look out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatches and locks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The day bolt latches every time the gate closes and can be key-locked, while one turn of the key throws the stainless deadbolt 23mm into the keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust without removing it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both bolts adjust continuously by up to 20mm without taking the lock box off, so the lock can be set to reach the keep exactly. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock box is E-coated to ISO 9227 and tested to 1000 hours of salt spray, with an aluminium housing and stainless steel mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates, side gates and the wicket gates of driveway entrances at houses, estates, churches, parks and blocks of flats, on gate stiles in 10mm to 30mm flat bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne lock with a pair of twisted ornamental handles, euro cylinder with keys and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10mm to 30mm flat bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted, 4-hole fixing with two hexagon socket head screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeadbolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, 23mm throw in one turn of the key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDay bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 20mm, without removing the lock box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium housing, E-coated to ISO 9227, 1000 hours salt spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160mm x 90mm x 31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.61 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel industrial keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks\"\u003eStainless steel security keep, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric keep for keypad or intercom release\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep-1\"\u003eElectric keep, fail close\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-surface-mounted-electric-keep\"\u003efail open\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther ornamental locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 30mm to 40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-1\"\u003eSmall ornamental gate lock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox section 40mm to 60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-ornamental-gate-lock-for-box-section\"\u003eLarge ornamental gate lock for box section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlain industrial look, flat bar 10mm to 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-industrial-gate-lock-1\"\u003eIndustrial gate lock for flat bar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the lock to the gate stile: this lock is for flat bar from 10mm to 30mm. For box section gates, choose the small ornamental lock for 30mm to 40mm or the large ornamental lock for 40mm to 60mm. Order a keep for the post: the standard keep for most gates, the security keep where the gate is likely to be forced, or an electric keep for remote release.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the face of the gate stile through the four holes with the screws supplied, fit the handles and cylinder, and fit the keep on the post so both bolts engage fully. Set the bolts with the 20mm adjustment, and fit a safety cable if the gate swings. Keep the bolts clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the handles included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The lock comes with a pair of black twisted ornamental handles, a cylinder and keys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose a standard, security or electric keep from the table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it be swapped to the other hand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The day bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. To check the lock and keep suit your gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57800072757635,"sku":"SSHF-679683-01","price":165.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/ornamental-gate-lock-flat-bar-black-victorian-gate.jpg?v=1794106238"},{"product_id":"premium-locking-kit-box-section","title":"Insert Lock Kit for 40mm Box Section Gates with 2 Pre-Cut 2m Profiles, Handles, Cylinder and Keep","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a complete insert lock kit for building a 40mm box section steel gate: an insert lock with a stainless steel mechanism, an aluminium lever handle set with cover plates, a euro cylinder with keys, a stainless keep, and two 2000mm lengths of 40mm box section already cut to take the lock and the keep.\u003c\/strong\u003e One length becomes the gate's closing stile with the lock hidden inside it; the other becomes the post with the keep set into it. Everything lines up first time, with no lock or keep slots to mark out and cut. The price shown is for one complete kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook and latch.\u003c\/strong\u003e As well as a self-latching latch bolt, the lock throws a stainless hook 21mm into the keep, so the gate cannot be pulled away from the post or forced open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo slot cutting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both lengths of box section are pre-cut for the lock and keep, which saves the most time-consuming and error-prone part of making a locking gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick to fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Click-It fixing system mounts the lock without tapping threads in the profile, the latch bolt changes over for left or right-hand gates, and it adjusts by up to 10mm without removing the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mechanism, hook, front plate and latch bolt are stainless steel, and a cover plate keeps dirt out of the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew fabricated steel pedestrian gates at homes, schools, offices, industrial units, sports grounds and public spaces, made by fabricators, gate makers and installers working in 40mm box section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert lock, aluminium handle set, 2 aluminium cover plates, euro cylinder with keys, stainless keep, 2 x 2000mm pre-cut 40mm box sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm square, 2 lengths of 2000mm, pre-cut for lock and keep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook throw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm, stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLatch bolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-latching, key-lockable, adjustable up to 10mm, left or right hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle to cylinder centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e92mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCylinder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuro profile, keys supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClick-It system, no tapping needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox section finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw steel; paint, powder coat or galvanise after fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated products\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 40mm insert lock only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-insert-lock-40mm-box-section-gates\"\u003eInsert lock, 40mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra pre-cut keep box, 2000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-keep-box-2000mm\"\u003eKeep box 40mm x 40mm x 2.5mm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKits for larger box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-lock-kit-for-50mm-box-section\"\u003eLock kit for 50mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-lock-kit-60mm-box\"\u003e60mm box section\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this kit when you are making a new gate from 40mm box section and want the lock, handles, cylinder, keep and pre-cut stile and post in one order. If you already have the box section, the 40mm insert lock on its own is the cheaper option, and a pre-cut keep box is available separately. For gates in 50mm or 60mm box section, choose the matching kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse one pre-cut length as the closing stile of the gate and the other as the post, cutting them to height with the lock and keep slots at the same level. Weld up and finish the gate, then fit the lock with the Click-It fixings, add the cylinder, handles and cover plates, and fit the keep into the post. Set the latch bolt with its adjustment so it latches cleanly. Keep the lock clean and put a little graphite in the cylinder once a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the box section included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Two 2000mm lengths of 40mm box section, pre-cut for the lock and keep, are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the handles and cylinder included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes the aluminium handle set, cover plates and a euro cylinder with keys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the box section painted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is raw steel, ready to weld and finish with the gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery. The two 2000mm lengths travel as a bulky item. For trade quantities or help planning a gate, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57800014135683,"sku":"SSHF-974595-01","price":360.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/insert-lock-kit-40mm-profiles-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794103967"},{"product_id":"premium-mechanical-code-lock-box-section","title":"Single-Sided Mechanical Gate Code Lock for 30-50mm Box Section, Free Exit, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a single-sided mechanical code lock for swing gates made from 30mm to 50mm box section: a push-button keypad on the outside so people need a code to get in, and a plain lever handle on the inside so anyone can always get out.\u003c\/strong\u003e It needs no batteries, mains power or cabling, so it brings keypad access control to any metal gate without an electrician. The black aluminium case holds a stainless steel mechanism with an adjustable polyamide rollerbolt, and the E-coated lock box is salt spray tested for 1000 hours. The price shown is for one lock with handles; the keep is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use this code lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoded entry, free exit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keypad is on one side only, so visitors need the code to come in, while children, residents and staff can leave without one. It suits school and nursery gates, communal gardens, play areas and offices where a safe, easy way out matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo power, nothing to fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock is fully mechanical: no batteries to change, no wiring to run along the fence and nothing to go flat in winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCodes you can change in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The access code is quick to set up and change whenever it gets passed around. After the gate opens and the handle is pushed, the code resets on its own, and an integrated press plate stops the code being found by feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth, adjustable closing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The polyamide rollerbolt lets the gate close easily, and the bolt adjusts continuously by 20mm so it lines up with the keep even if the gap between gate and post is not exact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for outdoors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel push buttons, a polyamide rain and dust cover over the keypad and an E-coated lock box tested to 1000 hours of salt spray keep it working in the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it is used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePedestrian gates at schools and nurseries, communal gardens and bin stores at blocks of flats, play areas, sports clubs and tennis courts, offices and depots, wherever entry should be by code and exit should be free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne single-sided mechanical code lock with lever handles and fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm to 50mm square or rectangular box section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface mounted on the gate stile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKeypad\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside only, stainless steel push buttons, polyamide rain and dust cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree exit with the inside handle, no code needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBolt\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyamide rollerbolt, adjustable by 20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick to set and change; resets automatically after opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, black, E-coated to ISO 9227, 1000 hours salt spray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e218mm long x 110mm wide x 31mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep for the post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat else you need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard keep for the post, 40 to 60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-gate-keep\"\u003eStainless steel industrial keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity keep, 40 to 60mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-stainless-steel-security-keep-for-locks\"\u003eStainless steel security keep\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety cable for swing gates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/heavy-duty-safety-cable-for-gates\"\u003eGate safety cable\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOther code locks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhere\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same lock in silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-mechanical-code-lock\"\u003eSingle-sided code lock, silver\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCode needed on both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/2-sided-mechanical-code-lock\"\u003eTwo-sided mechanical code lock, black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll gate locks and latches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sc-locinox-locks\"\u003eGate locks and latches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right option\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this single-sided lock when people need a code to come in but must be able to leave freely. Where a code is needed in both directions, choose the two-sided lock. Check the gate stile: this lock is made for box section from 30mm to 50mm. The lock does not come with a keep, so order a standard keep for everyday gates or the security keep where the gate is pushed hard or tampered with, and fit a safety cable at the hinge side of any swing gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFix the lock to the face of the gate stile with the fixings supplied, fit the handles, then fit the keep on the post so the rollerbolt lines up. Set the bolt depth with the 20mm adjustment, set your code following the instructions and test it with the gate open before closing it. Keep the rain cover shut when not in use, wipe the case with warm soapy water and do not paint over the keypad or bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan people get out without the code?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inside has a lever handle, so exit is free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need batteries or power?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is fully mechanical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the keep included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Choose the standard keep or the security keep for the post.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOrdering and delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder online with Express UK Delivery and same-day dispatch on orders before 2pm, Monday to Friday. For several gates, or to check which lock and keep suit your gate and post, call 01744 520 110 or email sales@industrialsuppliesco.co.uk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Industrial Supplies Co","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57798457098627,"sku":"SSHF-200515-01","price":795.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0621\/3002\/8778\/files\/single-sided-code-lock-30-50mm-black-flats-garden-gate.jpg?v=1794105332"}],"url":"https:\/\/industrialsuppliesco.co.uk\/collections\/sc-gate-locks-and-latches.oembed","provider":"industrialsuppliesco.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}